1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
36 #include "gdbthread.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
48 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
52 #include "observable.h"
58 #include "parser-defs.h"
59 #include "gdb_regex.h"
61 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
64 #include "dummy-frame.h"
66 #include "gdbsupport/format.h"
67 #include "thread-fsm.h"
68 #include "tid-parse.h"
69 #include "cli/cli-style.h"
71 /* readline include files */
72 #include "readline/tilde.h"
74 /* readline defines this. */
77 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
78 #include "extension.h"
80 #include "progspace-and-thread.h"
81 #include "gdbsupport/array-view.h"
82 #include "gdbsupport/gdb_optional.h"
84 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
86 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (const char *,
87 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)>);
89 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*);
92 create_sals_from_location_default (struct event_location
*location
,
93 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
94 enum bptype type_wanted
);
96 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*,
97 struct linespec_result
*,
98 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char>,
99 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char>,
101 enum bpdisp
, int, int,
103 const struct breakpoint_ops
*,
104 int, int, int, unsigned);
106 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> decode_location_default
107 (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct event_location
*location
,
108 struct program_space
*search_pspace
);
110 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint
111 (const std::vector
<value_ref_ptr
> &vals
);
113 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
115 static struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*,
117 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
118 static struct bp_location
*add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*,
119 const struct symtab_and_line
*);
121 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
123 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
124 struct symtab_and_line
,
126 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
128 static struct breakpoint
*
129 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
131 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
134 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
136 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
140 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
141 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
142 struct obj_section
*, int);
144 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
145 struct bp_location
*loc2
);
147 static int breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
148 struct bp_location
*loc2
,
149 bool sw_hw_bps_match
= false);
151 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
152 const struct address_space
*aspace
,
155 static int breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location
*,
156 const address_space
*,
159 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*);
160 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, enum remove_bp_reason
);
162 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
164 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
166 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*);
168 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
170 int *other_type_used
);
172 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
,
175 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**loc
);
177 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
179 /* update_global_location_list's modes of operation wrt to whether to
180 insert locations now. */
181 enum ugll_insert_mode
183 /* Don't insert any breakpoint locations into the inferior, only
184 remove already-inserted locations that no longer should be
185 inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or breakpoints
186 should specify this mode, so that deleting a breakpoint doesn't
187 have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
188 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
189 returns true on them.
191 This behavior is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
192 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but
193 breakpoint shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT*
194 be restored to the new image; or before detaching, where the
195 target still has execution and wants to delete breakpoints from
196 GDB's lists, and all breakpoints had already been removed from
200 /* May insert breakpoints iff breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now
201 claims breakpoints should be inserted now. */
204 /* Insert locations now, irrespective of
205 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now. E.g., say all threads are
206 stopped right now, and the user did "continue". We need to
207 insert breakpoints _before_ resuming the target, but
208 UGLL_MAY_INSERT wouldn't insert them, because
209 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now returns false at that point,
210 as no thread is running yet. */
214 static void update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
216 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
218 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
220 static void trace_pass_command (const char *, int);
222 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num
);
224 static bool is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
);
226 static struct bp_location
**get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
);
228 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
231 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
233 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
234 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
235 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
236 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
238 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
239 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops
;
241 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
242 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
244 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
246 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
248 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
249 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
251 /* Tracepoints set on probes. */
252 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
254 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
255 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
257 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
258 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
259 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
260 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
261 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
262 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
264 static const char dprintf_style_gdb
[] = "gdb";
265 static const char dprintf_style_call
[] = "call";
266 static const char dprintf_style_agent
[] = "agent";
267 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums
[] = {
273 static const char *dprintf_style
= dprintf_style_gdb
;
275 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
276 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
277 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
278 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
280 static char *dprintf_function
;
282 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
283 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
284 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
285 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
286 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
287 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
288 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
290 static char *dprintf_channel
;
292 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
294 static bool disconnected_dprintf
= true;
296 struct command_line
*
297 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
)
299 return b
->commands
? b
->commands
.get () : NULL
;
302 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
303 current breakpoint. */
305 static bool breakpoint_proceeded
;
308 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
310 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
311 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
313 static const char * const bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
315 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
318 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
319 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
320 if such is available. */
321 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
324 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
325 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
328 fprintf_filtered (file
,
329 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
330 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
334 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
335 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
336 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
337 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
338 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
340 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
341 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
344 fprintf_filtered (file
,
345 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
346 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
350 /* If true, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
351 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
352 If false, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
353 use hardware breakpoints. */
354 static bool automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
356 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
357 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
360 fprintf_filtered (file
,
361 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
365 /* If on, GDB keeps breakpoints inserted even if the inferior is
366 stopped, and immediately inserts any new breakpoints as soon as
367 they're created. If off (default), GDB keeps breakpoints off of
368 the target as long as possible. That is, it delays inserting
369 breakpoints until the next resume, and removes them again when the
370 target fully stops. This is a bit safer in case GDB crashes while
371 processing user input. */
372 static bool always_inserted_mode
= false;
375 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
376 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
378 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
382 /* See breakpoint.h. */
385 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now (void)
387 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
389 /* If breakpoints are global, they should be inserted even if no
390 thread under gdb's control is running, or even if there are
391 no threads under GDB's control yet. */
396 if (always_inserted_mode
)
398 /* The user wants breakpoints inserted even if all threads
403 for (inferior
*inf
: all_inferiors ())
404 if (inf
->has_execution ()
405 && threads_are_executing (inf
->process_target ()))
408 /* Don't remove breakpoints yet if, even though all threads are
409 stopped, we still have events to process. */
410 for (thread_info
*tp
: all_non_exited_threads ())
412 && tp
->suspend
.waitstatus_pending_p
)
418 static const char condition_evaluation_both
[] = "host or target";
420 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
421 static const char condition_evaluation_auto
[] = "auto";
422 static const char condition_evaluation_host
[] = "host";
423 static const char condition_evaluation_target
[] = "target";
424 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums
[] = {
425 condition_evaluation_auto
,
426 condition_evaluation_host
,
427 condition_evaluation_target
,
431 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
432 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
434 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
435 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
436 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
438 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
439 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
440 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
444 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode
)
446 if (mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
448 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
449 return condition_evaluation_target
;
451 return condition_evaluation_host
;
457 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
460 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
462 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
465 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
469 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
471 const char *mode
= breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
473 return (mode
== condition_evaluation_host
);
476 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
477 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
479 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
480 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
482 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
483 bool target_exact_watchpoints
= false;
485 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
486 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
487 current breakpoint. */
489 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
491 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
492 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
493 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
496 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
497 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
498 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
500 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
501 for (BP_TMP = bp_locations; \
502 BP_TMP < bp_locations + bp_locations_count && (B = *BP_TMP);\
505 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
506 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
507 to where the loop should start from.
508 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
509 appropriate location to start with. */
511 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
512 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
513 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
515 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_locations + bp_locations_count \
516 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
519 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
521 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
522 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
523 if (is_tracepoint (B))
525 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
527 static struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
529 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_is_less_than - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
531 static struct bp_location
**bp_locations
;
533 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATIONS. */
535 static unsigned bp_locations_count
;
537 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
538 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATIONS which get a valid
539 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
540 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATIONS to scan for shadow bytes for
541 an address you need to read. */
543 static CORE_ADDR bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
;
545 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
546 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
547 BP_LOCATIONS which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
548 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATIONS to
549 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
551 static CORE_ADDR bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
553 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
554 from the bp_locations array, but for which a hit may still be
555 reported by a target. */
556 static std::vector
<bp_location
*> moribund_locations
;
558 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
560 static int breakpoint_count
;
562 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
563 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
564 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
565 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
566 static int prev_breakpoint_count
;
568 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
570 static int tracepoint_count
;
572 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
573 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
574 struct cmd_list_element
*save_cmdlist
;
576 /* See declaration at breakpoint.h. */
579 breakpoint_find_if (int (*func
) (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *d
),
582 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
586 if (func (b
, user_data
) != 0)
593 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
595 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
597 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
600 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
603 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
605 prev_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
606 breakpoint_count
= num
;
607 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
610 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
611 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
612 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
614 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
617 scoped_rbreak_breakpoints::scoped_rbreak_breakpoints ()
619 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
622 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
625 scoped_rbreak_breakpoints::~scoped_rbreak_breakpoints ()
627 prev_breakpoint_count
= rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
630 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
633 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
635 struct breakpoint
*b
;
642 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
643 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
646 get_breakpoint (int num
)
648 struct breakpoint
*b
;
651 if (b
->number
== num
)
659 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
660 evaluating conditions on its side. */
663 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint
*b
)
665 struct bp_location
*loc
;
667 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
668 evaluating conditions and if the user has
669 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
671 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
672 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
675 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
678 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
679 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
682 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
683 evaluating conditions on its side. */
686 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location
*loc
)
688 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
689 evaluating conditions and if the user has
690 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
692 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
693 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
697 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
))
700 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
703 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
704 condition_evaluation_mode. */
707 set_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *args
, int from_tty
,
708 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
710 const char *old_mode
, *new_mode
;
712 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1
== condition_evaluation_target
)
713 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
715 condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_mode
;
716 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
717 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
721 new_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1
);
722 old_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
724 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
725 settings was "auto". */
726 condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_mode_1
;
728 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
729 if (new_mode
!= old_mode
)
731 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
732 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
733 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
735 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
736 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
739 if (new_mode
== condition_evaluation_target
)
741 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
743 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
744 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
748 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
749 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
750 target knows about. */
751 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
752 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->inserted
)
753 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
757 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
763 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
764 what "auto" is translating to. */
767 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
768 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
770 if (condition_evaluation_mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
771 fprintf_filtered (file
,
772 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
773 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
775 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
777 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
781 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
782 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
783 the more general bp_location_is_less_than function. */
786 bp_locations_compare_addrs (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
788 const struct bp_location
*a
= *(const struct bp_location
**) ap
;
789 const struct bp_location
*b
= *(const struct bp_location
**) bp
;
791 if (a
->address
== b
->address
)
794 return ((a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
));
797 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
798 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
799 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
802 static struct bp_location
**
803 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
)
805 struct bp_location dummy_loc
;
806 struct bp_location
*dummy_locp
= &dummy_loc
;
807 struct bp_location
**locp_found
= NULL
;
809 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
810 dummy_loc
.address
= address
;
812 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
813 locp_found
= ((struct bp_location
**)
814 bsearch (&dummy_locp
, bp_locations
, bp_locations_count
,
815 sizeof (struct bp_location
**),
816 bp_locations_compare_addrs
));
818 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
819 if (locp_found
== NULL
)
822 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
823 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
824 while ((locp_found
- 1) >= bp_locations
825 && (*(locp_found
- 1))->address
== address
)
831 /* Parse COND_STRING in the context of LOC and set as the condition
832 expression of LOC. BP_NUM is the number of LOC's owner, LOC_NUM is
833 the number of LOC within its owner. In case of parsing error, mark
834 LOC as DISABLED_BY_COND. In case of success, unset DISABLED_BY_COND. */
837 set_breakpoint_location_condition (const char *cond_string
, bp_location
*loc
,
838 int bp_num
, int loc_num
)
840 bool has_junk
= false;
843 expression_up new_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&cond_string
, loc
->address
,
844 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
845 if (*cond_string
!= 0)
849 loc
->cond
= std::move (new_exp
);
850 if (loc
->disabled_by_cond
&& loc
->enabled
)
851 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d's condition is now valid at "
852 "location %d, enabling.\n"),
855 loc
->disabled_by_cond
= false;
858 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&e
)
862 /* Warn if a user-enabled location is now becoming disabled-by-cond.
863 BP_NUM is 0 if the breakpoint is being defined for the first
864 time using the "break ... if ..." command, and non-zero if
867 warning (_("failed to validate condition at location %d.%d, "
868 "disabling:\n %s"), bp_num
, loc_num
, e
.what ());
870 warning (_("failed to validate condition at location %d, "
871 "disabling:\n %s"), loc_num
, e
.what ());
874 loc
->disabled_by_cond
= true;
878 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), cond_string
);
882 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint
*b
, const char *exp
,
883 int from_tty
, bool force
)
887 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
888 b
->cond_string
= nullptr;
890 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
891 static_cast<watchpoint
*> (b
)->cond_exp
.reset ();
895 for (bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= nullptr; loc
= loc
->next
)
898 if (loc
->disabled_by_cond
&& loc
->enabled
)
899 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d's condition is now valid at "
900 "location %d, enabling.\n"),
902 loc
->disabled_by_cond
= false;
905 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
906 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
907 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
912 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b
->number
);
916 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
918 innermost_block_tracker tracker
;
919 const char *arg
= exp
;
920 expression_up new_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0, &tracker
);
922 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
923 watchpoint
*w
= static_cast<watchpoint
*> (b
);
924 w
->cond_exp
= std::move (new_exp
);
925 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= tracker
.block ();
929 /* Parse and set condition expressions. We make two passes.
930 In the first, we parse the condition string to see if it
931 is valid in at least one location. If so, the condition
932 would be accepted. So we go ahead and set the locations'
933 conditions. In case no valid case is found, we throw
934 the error and the condition string will be rejected.
935 This two-pass approach is taken to avoid setting the
936 state of locations in case of a reject. */
937 for (bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= nullptr; loc
= loc
->next
)
941 const char *arg
= exp
;
942 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
943 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
945 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
948 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&e
)
950 /* Condition string is invalid. If this happens to
951 be the last loc, abandon (if not forced) or continue
953 if (loc
->next
== nullptr && !force
)
958 /* If we reach here, the condition is valid at some locations. */
960 for (bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= nullptr;
961 loc
= loc
->next
, loc_num
++)
962 set_breakpoint_location_condition (exp
, loc
, b
->number
, loc_num
);
965 /* We know that the new condition parsed successfully. The
966 condition string of the breakpoint can be safely updated. */
967 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
968 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (exp
);
969 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
971 mark_breakpoint_modified (b
);
973 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
976 /* The options for the "condition" command. */
978 struct condition_command_opts
981 bool force_condition
= false;
984 static const gdb::option::option_def condition_command_option_defs
[] = {
986 gdb::option::flag_option_def
<condition_command_opts
> {
988 [] (condition_command_opts
*opts
) { return &opts
->force_condition
; },
989 N_("Set the condition even if it is invalid for all current locations."),
994 /* Create an option_def_group for the "condition" options, with
995 CC_OPTS as context. */
997 static inline gdb::option::option_def_group
998 make_condition_command_options_def_group (condition_command_opts
*cc_opts
)
1000 return {{condition_command_option_defs
}, cc_opts
};
1003 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
1006 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
1007 completion_tracker
&tracker
,
1008 const char *text
, const char * /*word*/)
1010 bool has_no_arguments
= (*text
== '\0');
1011 condition_command_opts cc_opts
;
1012 const auto group
= make_condition_command_options_def_group (&cc_opts
);
1013 if (gdb::option::complete_options
1014 (tracker
, &text
, gdb::option::PROCESS_OPTIONS_UNKNOWN_IS_ERROR
, group
))
1017 text
= skip_spaces (text
);
1018 const char *space
= skip_to_space (text
);
1022 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1026 tracker
.advance_custom_word_point_by (1);
1027 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1028 if (!isdigit (text
[1]))
1029 complete_internalvar (tracker
, &text
[1]);
1033 /* Suggest the "-force" flag if no arguments are given. If
1034 arguments were passed, they either already include the flag,
1035 or we are beyond the point of suggesting it because it's
1036 positionally the first argument. */
1037 if (has_no_arguments
)
1038 gdb::option::complete_on_all_options (tracker
, group
);
1040 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1041 len
= strlen (text
);
1047 xsnprintf (number
, sizeof (number
), "%d", b
->number
);
1049 if (strncmp (number
, text
, len
) == 0)
1050 tracker
.add_completion (make_unique_xstrdup (number
));
1056 /* We're completing the expression part. Skip the breakpoint num. */
1057 const char *exp_start
= skip_spaces (space
);
1058 tracker
.advance_custom_word_point_by (exp_start
- text
);
1060 const char *word
= advance_to_expression_complete_word_point (tracker
, text
);
1061 expression_completer (cmd
, tracker
, text
, word
);
1064 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1067 condition_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1069 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1074 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1078 /* Check if the "-force" flag was passed. */
1079 condition_command_opts cc_opts
;
1080 const auto group
= make_condition_command_options_def_group (&cc_opts
);
1081 gdb::option::process_options
1082 (&p
, gdb::option::PROCESS_OPTIONS_UNKNOWN_IS_ERROR
, group
);
1084 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
1086 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
1089 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
1091 /* Check if this breakpoint has a "stop" method implemented in an
1092 extension language. This method and conditions entered into GDB
1093 from the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1094 const struct extension_language_defn
*extlang
1095 = get_breakpoint_cond_ext_lang (b
, EXT_LANG_NONE
);
1097 if (extlang
!= NULL
)
1099 error (_("Only one stop condition allowed. There is currently"
1100 " a %s stop condition defined for this breakpoint."),
1101 ext_lang_capitalized_name (extlang
));
1103 set_breakpoint_condition (b
, p
, from_tty
, cc_opts
.force_condition
);
1105 if (is_breakpoint (b
))
1106 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
1111 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
1114 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1115 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1116 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1119 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line
*commands
)
1121 struct command_line
*c
;
1123 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1125 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1126 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1127 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1129 check_no_tracepoint_commands (c
->body_list_0
.get ());
1130 check_no_tracepoint_commands (c
->body_list_1
.get ());
1132 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1133 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1134 command directly. */
1135 if (strstr (c
->line
, "collect ") == c
->line
)
1136 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1138 if (strstr (c
->line
, "teval ") == c
->line
)
1139 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1143 struct longjmp_breakpoint
: public breakpoint
1145 ~longjmp_breakpoint () override
;
1148 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1151 is_tracepoint_type (bptype type
)
1153 return (type
== bp_tracepoint
1154 || type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
1155 || type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
1159 is_longjmp_type (bptype type
)
1161 return type
== bp_longjmp
|| type
== bp_exception
;
1164 /* See breakpoint.h. */
1167 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
1169 return is_tracepoint_type (b
->type
);
1172 /* Factory function to create an appropriate instance of breakpoint given
1175 static std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
>
1176 new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype type
)
1180 if (is_tracepoint_type (type
))
1181 b
= new tracepoint ();
1182 else if (is_longjmp_type (type
))
1183 b
= new longjmp_breakpoint ();
1185 b
= new breakpoint ();
1187 return std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> (b
);
1190 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1191 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1195 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1196 struct command_line
*commands
)
1198 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1200 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
1201 struct command_line
*c
;
1202 struct command_line
*while_stepping
= 0;
1204 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1205 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1209 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1210 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1211 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1212 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1213 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1214 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1215 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1216 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1217 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1218 tracepoint's context. */
1219 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1221 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1223 if (b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
1224 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1225 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1226 else if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1227 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1228 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1231 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1232 "can be used only once"));
1237 validate_actionline (c
->line
, b
);
1241 struct command_line
*c2
;
1243 gdb_assert (while_stepping
->body_list_1
== nullptr);
1244 c2
= while_stepping
->body_list_0
.get ();
1245 for (; c2
; c2
= c2
->next
)
1247 if (c2
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1248 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1254 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands
);
1258 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1259 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1261 std::vector
<breakpoint
*>
1262 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr
)
1264 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1265 std::vector
<breakpoint
*> found
;
1266 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1269 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1271 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1272 if (loc
->address
== addr
)
1273 found
.push_back (b
);
1279 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1280 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1283 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1284 counted_command_line
&&commands
)
1286 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, commands
.get ());
1288 b
->commands
= std::move (commands
);
1289 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1292 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1293 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1297 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
, int silent
)
1299 int old_silent
= b
->silent
;
1302 if (old_silent
!= silent
)
1303 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1306 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1307 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1310 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, int thread
)
1312 int old_thread
= b
->thread
;
1315 if (old_thread
!= thread
)
1316 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1319 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1320 breakpoint work for any task. */
1323 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint
*b
, int task
)
1325 int old_task
= b
->task
;
1328 if (old_task
!= task
)
1329 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1333 commands_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
1334 struct command_line
*control
)
1336 counted_command_line cmd
;
1337 /* cmd_read will be true once we have read cmd. Note that cmd might still be
1338 NULL after the call to read_command_lines if the user provides an empty
1339 list of command by just typing "end". */
1340 bool cmd_read
= false;
1342 std::string new_arg
;
1344 if (arg
== NULL
|| !*arg
)
1346 /* Argument not explicitly given. Synthesize it. */
1347 if (breakpoint_count
- prev_breakpoint_count
> 1)
1348 new_arg
= string_printf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count
+ 1,
1350 else if (breakpoint_count
> 0)
1351 new_arg
= string_printf ("%d", breakpoint_count
);
1355 /* Create a copy of ARG. This is needed because the "commands"
1356 command may be coming from a script. In that case, the read
1357 line buffer is going to be overwritten in the lambda of
1358 'map_breakpoint_numbers' below when reading the next line
1359 before we are are done parsing the breakpoint numbers. */
1362 arg
= new_arg
.c_str ();
1364 map_breakpoint_numbers
1365 (arg
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
1369 gdb_assert (cmd
== NULL
);
1370 if (control
!= NULL
)
1371 cmd
= control
->body_list_0
;
1375 = string_printf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1376 "%s, one per line."),
1379 auto do_validate
= [=] (const char *line
)
1381 validate_actionline (line
, b
);
1383 gdb::function_view
<void (const char *)> validator
;
1384 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1385 validator
= do_validate
;
1387 cmd
= read_command_lines (str
.c_str (), from_tty
, 1, validator
);
1392 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1394 if (b
->commands
!= cmd
)
1396 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, cmd
.get ());
1398 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1404 commands_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1406 commands_command_1 (arg
, from_tty
, NULL
);
1409 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1410 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1412 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1413 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1414 enum command_control_type
1415 commands_from_control_command (const char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
1417 commands_command_1 (arg
, 0, cmd
);
1418 return simple_control
;
1421 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1424 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1426 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
1430 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
1431 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1436 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address
1437 MEMADDR, by replacing a memory breakpoint with its shadowed
1440 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with the of
1441 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffer. Otherwise, a
1442 failed assertion internal error will be raised. */
1445 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1446 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1447 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
,
1448 struct bp_target_info
*target_info
,
1449 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
1451 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1452 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1456 if (!breakpoint_address_match (target_info
->placed_address_space
, 0,
1457 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
1459 /* The breakpoint is inserted in a different address space. */
1463 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1465 bp_addr
= target_info
->placed_address
;
1466 bp_size
= target_info
->shadow_len
;
1468 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
1470 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we are
1475 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
1477 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1482 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1483 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
1485 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1486 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1487 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1491 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
1493 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1494 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
1497 if (readbuf
!= NULL
)
1499 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with the
1500 shadow_contents buffer. */
1501 gdb_assert (target_info
->shadow_contents
>= readbuf
+ len
1502 || readbuf
>= (target_info
->shadow_contents
1503 + target_info
->shadow_len
));
1505 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1507 memcpy (readbuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
1508 target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1512 const unsigned char *bp
;
1513 CORE_ADDR addr
= target_info
->reqstd_address
;
1516 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1517 memcpy (target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
,
1518 writebuf_org
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp_size
);
1520 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1522 bp
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &addr
, &placed_size
);
1524 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1525 breakpoint's INSN. */
1526 memcpy (writebuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1530 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1531 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1533 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1534 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1535 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1537 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1538 bl->address - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
1539 up to bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1540 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1541 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1542 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1543 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1544 - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max)
1546 bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1549 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1550 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1551 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
1553 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1555 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
1557 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1558 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1559 report higher one. */
1562 bc_r
= bp_locations_count
;
1563 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
1565 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1567 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
1568 bl
= bp_locations
[bc
];
1570 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1571 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1572 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1573 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1575 Use the BP_LOCATIONS_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1576 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1577 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1579 if ((bl
->address
+ bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1581 && (bl
->address
+ bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1588 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1589 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1590 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1591 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1592 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1595 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1597 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1598 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1599 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1602 && bp_locations
[bc_l
]->address
== bp_locations
[bc_l
- 1]->address
)
1605 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1607 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_locations_count
; bc
++)
1609 struct bp_location
*bl
= bp_locations
[bc
];
1611 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1612 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
1613 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1616 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1619 if (bl
->address
>= bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
1620 && memaddr
+ len
<= (bl
->address
1621 - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
))
1624 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
1627 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf
, writebuf
, writebuf_org
,
1628 memaddr
, len
, &bl
->target_info
, bl
->gdbarch
);
1632 /* See breakpoint.h. */
1635 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1637 return (bpt
->type
== bp_breakpoint
1638 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
1639 || bpt
->type
== bp_dprintf
);
1642 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1645 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1647 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
1648 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
1649 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
1652 /* See breakpoint.h. */
1655 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1657 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
)
1658 || bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
);
1661 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1662 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1663 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1664 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1665 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1666 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1667 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1668 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1671 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint
*b
)
1673 return (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
1674 && (b
->watchpoint_thread
== null_ptid
1675 || (inferior_ptid
== b
->watchpoint_thread
1676 && !inferior_thread ()->executing
)));
1679 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1680 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1683 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint
*w
)
1685 if (w
->related_breakpoint
!= w
)
1687 gdb_assert (w
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
);
1688 gdb_assert (w
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== w
);
1689 w
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1690 w
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= w
->related_breakpoint
;
1691 w
->related_breakpoint
= w
;
1693 w
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1696 /* Extract a bitfield value from value VAL using the bit parameters contained in
1699 static struct value
*
1700 extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (struct watchpoint
*w
, struct value
*val
)
1702 struct value
*bit_val
;
1707 bit_val
= allocate_value (value_type (val
));
1709 unpack_value_bitfield (bit_val
,
1712 value_contents_for_printing (val
),
1719 /* Allocate a dummy location and add it to B, which must be a software
1720 watchpoint. This is required because even if a software watchpoint
1721 is not watching any memory, bpstat_stop_status requires a location
1722 to be able to report stops. */
1725 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1726 struct program_space
*pspace
)
1728 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
== NULL
);
1730 b
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
1731 b
->loc
->pspace
= pspace
;
1732 b
->loc
->address
= -1;
1733 b
->loc
->length
= -1;
1736 /* Returns true if B is a software watchpoint that is not watching any
1737 memory (e.g., "watch $pc"). */
1740 is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
1742 return (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
1744 && b
->loc
->next
== NULL
1745 && b
->loc
->address
== -1
1746 && b
->loc
->length
== -1);
1749 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1750 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1751 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1752 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1754 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1756 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1757 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1760 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1761 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1762 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1763 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1764 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1765 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1766 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1767 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1769 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1770 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1771 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1772 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1773 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1774 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1775 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1776 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1779 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1780 hardware watchpoints:
1782 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1783 called several times when GDB stops.
1786 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1787 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1788 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1789 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1790 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1791 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1792 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1793 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1794 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1795 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1796 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1798 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1799 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1802 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1804 int within_current_scope
;
1805 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1808 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1809 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1810 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1811 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1814 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1819 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1820 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1821 within_current_scope
= 1;
1824 struct frame_info
*fi
= get_current_frame ();
1825 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (fi
);
1826 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (fi
);
1828 /* If we're at a point where the stack has been destroyed
1829 (e.g. in a function epilogue), unwinding may not work
1830 properly. Do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1831 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1832 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
1835 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1836 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1837 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1838 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1841 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1843 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1844 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1845 if (within_current_scope
)
1849 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1850 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1851 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1854 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1859 s
= b
->exp_string_reparse
? b
->exp_string_reparse
: b
->exp_string
;
1860 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1861 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1862 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1863 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1864 be completely different objects. */
1866 b
->val_valid
= false;
1868 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1869 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1870 locations (re)created below. */
1871 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
1873 b
->cond_exp
.reset ();
1876 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->cond_exp_valid_block
, 0);
1880 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1881 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1882 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1883 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1884 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1885 if (!target_has_execution ())
1887 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1888 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1889 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1890 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
1892 if (b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode (b
))
1893 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1895 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1896 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1899 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1902 std::vector
<value_ref_ptr
> val_chain
;
1903 struct value
*v
, *result
;
1904 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1906 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
.get (), &pc
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
, false);
1908 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1909 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1910 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1911 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1912 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1914 if (!b
->val_valid
&& !is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
1916 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
1917 v
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, v
);
1918 b
->val
= release_value (v
);
1919 b
->val_valid
= true;
1922 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1924 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1925 gdb_assert (!val_chain
.empty ());
1926 for (const value_ref_ptr
&iter
: val_chain
)
1930 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1931 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1932 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1933 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1934 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1935 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
1936 && (v
== val_chain
[0] || ! value_lazy (v
)))
1938 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
1940 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1941 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1942 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1944 || (vtype
->code () != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1945 && vtype
->code () != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
1948 enum target_hw_bp_type type
;
1949 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
1950 int bitpos
= 0, bitsize
= 0;
1952 if (value_bitsize (v
) != 0)
1954 /* Extract the bit parameters out from the bitfield
1956 bitpos
= value_bitpos (v
);
1957 bitsize
= value_bitsize (v
);
1959 else if (v
== result
&& b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
1961 /* If VAL_BITSIZE != 0 then RESULT is actually a bitfield
1962 lvalue whose bit parameters are saved in the fields
1963 VAL_BITPOS and VAL_BITSIZE. */
1964 bitpos
= b
->val_bitpos
;
1965 bitsize
= b
->val_bitsize
;
1968 addr
= value_address (v
);
1971 /* Skip the bytes that don't contain the bitfield. */
1976 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
1978 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
1981 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
1982 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
1985 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
1987 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1988 loc
->address
= address_significant (loc
->gdbarch
, addr
);
1992 /* Just cover the bytes that make up the bitfield. */
1993 loc
->length
= ((bitpos
% 8) + bitsize
+ 7) / 8;
1996 loc
->length
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
1998 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
2003 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
2004 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
2005 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
2010 enum bp_loc_type loc_type
;
2011 struct bp_location
*bl
;
2013 reg_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
2017 int i
, target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
2020 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
2021 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
2022 b
->exact
= target_exact_watchpoints
&& reg_cnt
== 1;
2024 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
2025 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
2026 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
2027 this watchpoint in as well. */
2029 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
2030 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
2031 hardware watchpoint type. */
2033 if (type
== bp_watchpoint
)
2034 type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
2036 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
2037 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
2038 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
2039 through watch_command), so always account for it
2042 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
2043 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (b
, type
, &other_type_used
);
2045 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
2046 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
2049 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type
, i
, other_type_used
);
2050 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
2052 int sw_mode
= b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode (b
);
2054 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && !sw_mode
)
2055 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
2056 "hardware watchpoint."));
2057 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && !sw_mode
)
2058 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
2059 "resources for this watchpoint."));
2061 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
2062 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
2066 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
2067 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
2068 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
2073 else if (!b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode (b
))
2075 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
2076 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
2077 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
2079 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
2080 "read/access watchpoint."));
2083 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
2085 loc_type
= (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
? bp_loc_other
2086 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
);
2087 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
2088 bl
->loc_type
= loc_type
;
2091 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
2092 above left it without any location set up. But,
2093 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
2094 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
2095 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
== NULL
)
2096 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (b
, frame_pspace
);
2098 else if (!within_current_scope
)
2100 printf_filtered (_("\
2101 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
2102 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
2104 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
2107 /* Restore the selected frame. */
2109 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
2113 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
2114 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
2115 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
2116 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
2117 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
2119 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2121 if (bl
->owner
== NULL
|| !breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
))
2124 if (bl
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2127 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->disabled_by_cond
2128 || bl
->shlib_disabled
|| bl
->duplicate
)
2131 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl
->owner
) && bl
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
2134 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2135 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2136 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2137 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2138 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2139 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2140 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2141 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2142 if (bl
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
2145 /* Don't insert a breakpoint if we're trying to step past its
2146 location, except if the breakpoint is a single-step breakpoint,
2147 and the breakpoint's thread is the thread which is stepping past
2149 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2150 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2151 && stepping_past_instruction_at (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
2153 /* The single-step breakpoint may be inserted at the location
2154 we're trying to step if the instruction branches to itself.
2155 However, the instruction won't be executed at all and it may
2156 break the semantics of the instruction, for example, the
2157 instruction is a conditional branch or updates some flags.
2158 We can't fix it unless GDB is able to emulate the instruction
2159 or switch to displaced stepping. */
2160 && !(bl
->owner
->type
== bp_single_step
2161 && thread_is_stepping_over_breakpoint (bl
->owner
->thread
)))
2163 infrun_debug_printf ("skipping breakpoint: stepping past insn at: %s",
2164 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2168 /* Don't insert watchpoints if we're trying to step past the
2169 instruction that triggered one. */
2170 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
2171 && stepping_past_nonsteppable_watchpoint ())
2173 infrun_debug_printf ("stepping past non-steppable watchpoint. "
2174 "skipping watchpoint at %s:%d",
2175 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
), bl
->length
);
2182 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2183 that the location is not duplicated. */
2186 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2189 const int save_duplicate
= bl
->duplicate
;
2192 result
= should_be_inserted (bl
);
2193 bl
->duplicate
= save_duplicate
;
2197 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2198 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2199 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2200 any error during parsing. */
2202 static agent_expr_up
2203 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, struct expression
*cond
)
2208 agent_expr_up aexpr
;
2210 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2211 that may show up. */
2214 aexpr
= gen_eval_for_expr (scope
, cond
);
2217 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&ex
)
2219 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2220 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2221 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2224 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2228 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2229 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2230 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2231 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2232 one of them is true. */
2235 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2237 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2238 int null_condition_or_parse_error
= 0;
2239 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2240 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2242 /* Release conditions left over from a previous insert. */
2243 bl
->target_info
.conditions
.clear ();
2245 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2246 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2247 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2249 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2250 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2253 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2254 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent
2255 expression bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to
2256 send conditions to the target since this location will always
2257 trigger and generate a response back to GDB. Note we consider
2258 all locations at the same address irrespective of type, i.e.,
2259 even if the locations aren't considered duplicates (e.g.,
2260 software breakpoint and hardware breakpoint at the same
2262 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2265 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2269 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2270 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2271 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2272 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2273 loc
->cond_bytecode
= parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2277 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2278 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2279 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2281 null_condition_or_parse_error
= 1;
2287 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2288 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2289 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2291 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2292 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2293 if (null_condition_or_parse_error
)
2295 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2298 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2300 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2302 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2305 loc
->cond_bytecode
.reset ();
2310 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a
2311 condition list for this location's address. If we have software
2312 and hardware locations at the same address, they aren't
2313 considered duplicates, but we still marge all the conditions
2314 anyway, as it's simpler, and doesn't really make a practical
2316 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2320 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2321 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2322 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2324 && !loc
->disabled_by_cond
)
2326 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later
2327 to send the conditions to the target. */
2328 bl
->target_info
.conditions
.push_back (loc
->cond_bytecode
.get ());
2335 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2336 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2337 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2339 static agent_expr_up
2340 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, char *cmd
)
2342 const char *cmdrest
;
2343 const char *format_start
, *format_end
;
2344 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
2351 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2353 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2355 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2356 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2358 format_start
= cmdrest
;
2360 format_pieces
fpieces (&cmdrest
);
2362 format_end
= cmdrest
;
2364 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2365 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2367 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2369 if (!(*cmdrest
== ',' || *cmdrest
== '\0'))
2370 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2372 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2374 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2376 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2378 std::vector
<struct expression
*> argvec
;
2379 while (*cmdrest
!= '\0')
2384 expression_up expr
= parse_exp_1 (&cmd1
, scope
, block_for_pc (scope
), 1);
2385 argvec
.push_back (expr
.release ());
2387 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2391 agent_expr_up aexpr
;
2393 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2394 that may show up. */
2397 aexpr
= gen_printf (scope
, gdbarch
, 0, 0,
2398 format_start
, format_end
- format_start
,
2399 argvec
.size (), argvec
.data ());
2401 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&ex
)
2403 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2404 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2405 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2408 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2412 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2413 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2414 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2417 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2419 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2420 int null_command_or_parse_error
= 0;
2421 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2422 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2424 /* Clear commands left over from a previous insert. */
2425 bl
->target_info
.tcommands
.clear ();
2427 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2430 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2431 if (dprintf_style
!= dprintf_style_agent
)
2434 /* For now, if we have any location at the same address that isn't a
2435 dprintf, don't install the target-side commands, as that would
2436 make the breakpoint not be reported to the core, and we'd lose
2438 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2441 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2442 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2443 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_dprintf
)
2447 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2448 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2449 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2450 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2451 response back to GDB. */
2452 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2455 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2459 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2460 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2461 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2462 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2464 = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2465 loc
->owner
->extra_string
);
2468 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2469 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2470 if (!loc
->cmd_bytecode
)
2472 null_command_or_parse_error
= 1;
2478 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2480 if (null_command_or_parse_error
)
2482 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2485 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2486 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2488 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2490 if (loc
->cmd_bytecode
== NULL
)
2493 loc
->cmd_bytecode
.reset ();
2498 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command
2499 list for all duplicate locations at this location's address.
2500 Note that here we must care for whether the breakpoint location
2501 types are considered duplicates, otherwise, say, if we have a
2502 software and hardware location at the same address, the target
2503 could end up running the commands twice. For the moment, we only
2504 support targets-side commands with dprintf, but it doesn't hurt
2505 to be pedantically correct in case that changes. */
2506 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2509 if (breakpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
)
2510 && loc
->owner
->extra_string
2511 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2512 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2513 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2515 && !loc
->disabled_by_cond
)
2517 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2518 to send the commands to the target. */
2519 bl
->target_info
.tcommands
.push_back (loc
->cmd_bytecode
.get ());
2523 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 0;
2524 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2525 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
&& disconnected_dprintf
)
2526 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 1;
2529 /* Return the kind of breakpoint on address *ADDR. Get the kind
2530 of breakpoint according to ADDR except single-step breakpoint.
2531 Get the kind of single-step breakpoint according to the current
2535 breakpoint_kind (struct bp_location
*bl
, CORE_ADDR
*addr
)
2537 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_single_step
)
2539 struct thread_info
*thr
= find_thread_global_id (bl
->owner
->thread
);
2540 struct regcache
*regcache
;
2542 regcache
= get_thread_regcache (thr
);
2544 return gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_current_state (bl
->gdbarch
,
2548 return gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_pc (bl
->gdbarch
, addr
);
2551 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2552 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2553 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2554 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2557 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2558 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2560 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
2561 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
2562 int *disabled_breaks
,
2563 int *hw_breakpoint_error
,
2564 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2566 gdb_exception bp_excpt
;
2568 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2571 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2572 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2573 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2574 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2575 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2576 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2577 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2578 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2579 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2580 bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
= bl
->address
;
2581 bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bl
->pspace
->aspace
;
2582 bl
->target_info
.length
= bl
->length
;
2584 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2585 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2586 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2587 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2589 if (is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2591 build_target_condition_list (bl
);
2592 build_target_command_list (bl
);
2593 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2594 bl
->needs_update
= 0;
2597 /* If "set breakpoint auto-hw" is "on" and a software breakpoint was
2598 set at a read-only address, then a breakpoint location will have
2599 been changed to hardware breakpoint before we get here. If it is
2600 "off" however, error out before actually trying to insert the
2601 breakpoint, with a nicer error message. */
2602 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2603 && !automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
2605 mem_region
*mr
= lookup_mem_region (bl
->address
);
2607 if (mr
!= nullptr && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2609 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2610 _("Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2611 "Cannot set software breakpoint "
2612 "at read-only address %s\n"),
2614 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2619 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2620 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2622 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2623 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2624 || bl
->section
== NULL
2625 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
2627 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2632 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2634 bp_excpt
= gdb_exception
{RETURN_ERROR
, GENERIC_ERROR
};
2636 catch (gdb_exception
&e
)
2638 bp_excpt
= std::move (e
);
2643 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2644 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2645 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2647 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2648 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2649 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2650 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2651 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2655 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bl
->address
,
2657 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2658 bl
->overlay_target_info
= bl
->target_info
;
2659 bl
->overlay_target_info
.reqstd_address
= addr
;
2661 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2666 bl
->overlay_target_info
.kind
2667 = breakpoint_kind (bl
, &addr
);
2668 bl
->overlay_target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
2669 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2670 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2673 = gdb_exception
{RETURN_ERROR
, GENERIC_ERROR
};
2675 catch (gdb_exception
&e
)
2677 bp_excpt
= std::move (e
);
2680 if (bp_excpt
.reason
!= 0)
2681 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2682 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2683 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2687 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2688 if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2690 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2695 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2697 bp_excpt
= gdb_exception
{RETURN_ERROR
, GENERIC_ERROR
};
2699 catch (gdb_exception
&e
)
2701 bp_excpt
= std::move (e
);
2706 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2707 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2712 if (bp_excpt
.reason
!= 0)
2714 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2716 /* In some cases, we might not be able to insert a
2717 breakpoint in a shared library that has already been
2718 removed, but we have not yet processed the shlib unload
2719 event. Unfortunately, some targets that implement
2720 breakpoint insertion themselves can't tell why the
2721 breakpoint insertion failed (e.g., the remote target
2722 doesn't define error codes), so we must treat generic
2723 errors as memory errors. */
2724 if (bp_excpt
.reason
== RETURN_ERROR
2725 && (bp_excpt
.error
== GENERIC_ERROR
2726 || bp_excpt
.error
== MEMORY_ERROR
)
2727 && bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2728 && (solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
2729 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
2732 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2733 bl
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
2734 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (bl
->owner
);
2735 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
2737 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2738 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2740 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2741 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2742 "library breakpoints:\n");
2744 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
2745 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2746 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl
->owner
->number
);
2751 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2753 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2754 *hw_bp_error_explained_already
= bp_excpt
.message
!= NULL
;
2755 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2756 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2758 bp_excpt
.message
? ":" : ".\n");
2759 if (bp_excpt
.message
!= NULL
)
2760 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "%s.\n",
2765 if (bp_excpt
.message
== NULL
)
2768 = memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO
,
2769 bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
);
2771 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2772 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2774 bl
->owner
->number
, message
.c_str ());
2778 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2779 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d: %s\n",
2794 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2795 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2796 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2797 && bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2801 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2802 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2804 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2806 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2807 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2808 if (val
== 1 && bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
2810 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2812 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2813 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2815 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2817 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
2818 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
))
2822 bl
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
2823 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2830 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2831 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2834 /* Back to the original value. */
2835 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_read
;
2839 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2842 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
2846 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2847 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2849 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2852 bl
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2856 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2857 of catchpoint."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2859 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2862 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2864 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2865 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2866 so just return success. */
2873 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2874 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2878 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
2880 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
2881 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2883 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2884 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
2886 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
2887 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2890 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2891 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2892 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2894 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
2896 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
2898 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2899 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
2900 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
2902 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
2903 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
2905 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
2911 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2912 removed locations above. */
2913 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
2916 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2917 Throws exception on any error.
2918 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2919 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2921 insert_breakpoints (void)
2923 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2925 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2926 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2928 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
2930 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2933 /* Updating watchpoints creates new locations, so update the global
2934 location list. Explicitly tell ugll to insert locations and
2935 ignore breakpoints_always_inserted_mode. Also,
2936 update_global_location_list tries to "upgrade" software
2937 breakpoints to hardware breakpoints to handle "set breakpoint
2938 auto-hw", so we need to call it even if we don't have new
2940 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
2943 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2946 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback
)
2948 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
2950 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
2952 callback (loc
, NULL
);
2956 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2957 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2958 always-inserted mode. */
2961 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2963 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2966 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2967 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2968 int hw_bp_details_reported
= 0;
2970 string_file tmp_error_stream
;
2972 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2973 there was an error. */
2974 tmp_error_stream
.puts ("Warning:\n");
2976 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
2978 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2980 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2982 if (!is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2985 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2986 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2987 deletion of breakpoints. */
2988 if (!bl
->inserted
|| !bl
->needs_update
)
2991 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2993 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2994 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2995 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2996 insert breakpoints. */
2997 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2998 && (inferior_ptid
== null_ptid
|| !target_has_execution ()))
3001 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, &tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
3002 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_details_reported
);
3009 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
3010 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
3014 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
3017 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
3019 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
3020 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3023 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
3024 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
3025 int hw_bp_error_explained_already
= 0;
3027 string_file tmp_error_stream
;
3029 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3030 there was an error. */
3031 tmp_error_stream
.puts ("Warning:\n");
3033 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
3035 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3037 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
3040 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
3041 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
3042 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3043 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1
3044 && !valid_global_thread_id (bl
->owner
->thread
))
3047 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3049 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3050 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3051 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3052 insert breakpoints. */
3053 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3054 && (inferior_ptid
== null_ptid
|| !target_has_execution ()))
3057 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, &tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
3058 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_error_explained_already
);
3063 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
3064 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
3065 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
3067 int some_failed
= 0;
3068 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3070 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
3073 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
3076 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
3079 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3080 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
3087 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3089 remove_breakpoint (loc
);
3091 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
3092 tmp_error_stream
.printf ("Could not insert "
3093 "hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
3101 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
3102 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
3103 if (hw_breakpoint_error
&& !hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
3105 tmp_error_stream
.printf ("Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
3106 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
3108 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
3109 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
3113 /* Used when the program stops.
3114 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
3115 removing a breakpoint location. */
3118 remove_breakpoints (void)
3120 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3123 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3125 if (bl
->inserted
&& !is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
3126 val
|= remove_breakpoint (bl
);
3131 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
3135 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info
*tp
, int silent
)
3137 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3139 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3141 if (b
->thread
== tp
->global_num
&& user_breakpoint_p (b
))
3143 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3145 printf_filtered (_("\
3146 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %s no longer in the thread list.\n"),
3147 b
->number
, print_thread_id (tp
));
3149 /* Hide it from the user. */
3155 /* See breakpoint.h. */
3158 remove_breakpoints_inf (inferior
*inf
)
3160 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3163 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3165 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3168 if (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->target_info
.persist
)
3170 val
= remove_breakpoint (bl
);
3177 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
3179 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3180 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3181 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3182 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3183 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3184 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3186 set_breakpoint_number (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
)
3189 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3192 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
3193 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
3197 static struct breakpoint
*
3198 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
3199 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
,
3200 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
3202 symtab_and_line sal
;
3204 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
3205 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
3207 breakpoint
*b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
3208 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3209 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
3214 static const char *const longjmp_names
[] =
3216 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3218 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3220 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3221 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3223 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3224 struct bound_minimal_symbol overlay_msym
{};
3226 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3227 struct bound_minimal_symbol longjmp_msym
[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
] {};
3229 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3230 int longjmp_searched
= 0;
3232 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). These are non-owning
3234 std::vector
<probe
*> longjmp_probes
;
3236 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3237 struct bound_minimal_symbol terminate_msym
{};
3239 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3240 struct bound_minimal_symbol exception_msym
{};
3242 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3243 int exception_searched
= 0;
3245 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). These are non-owning
3247 std::vector
<probe
*> exception_probes
;
3250 static const struct objfile_key
<breakpoint_objfile_data
>
3251 breakpoint_objfile_key
;
3253 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3254 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found
;
3256 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3259 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol
*msym
)
3261 return msym
== &msym_not_found
;
3264 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3265 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3267 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*
3268 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*objfile
)
3270 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3272 bp_objfile_data
= breakpoint_objfile_key
.get (objfile
);
3273 if (bp_objfile_data
== NULL
)
3274 bp_objfile_data
= breakpoint_objfile_key
.emplace (objfile
);
3275 return bp_objfile_data
;
3279 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3281 const char *const func_name
= "_ovly_debug_event";
3283 for (objfile
*objfile
: current_program_space
->objfiles ())
3285 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3286 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3288 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3290 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3292 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
))
3295 if (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3297 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3299 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3300 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3302 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3303 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3306 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= m
;
3309 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
);
3310 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (objfile
->arch (), addr
,
3312 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3313 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3314 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3315 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3317 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
3319 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
3320 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
3324 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3325 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
3331 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3333 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
3335 for (struct program_space
*pspace
: program_spaces
)
3337 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3339 for (objfile
*objfile
: current_program_space
->objfiles ())
3342 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3343 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3345 gdbarch
= objfile
->arch ();
3347 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3349 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
)
3351 std::vector
<probe
*> ret
3352 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libc", "longjmp");
3356 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3359 if (!p
->can_evaluate_arguments ())
3361 /* We cannot use the probe interface here,
3362 because it does not know how to evaluate
3367 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
= ret
;
3368 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
= 1;
3371 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
.empty ())
3373 for (probe
*p
: bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
)
3375 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3377 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3378 p
->get_relocated_address (objfile
),
3380 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3381 b
->location
= new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3382 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3388 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch
))
3391 for (i
= 0; i
< NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
; i
++)
3393 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3394 const char *func_name
;
3396 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3398 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
))
3401 func_name
= longjmp_names
[i
];
3402 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
== NULL
)
3404 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3406 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3407 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3409 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3410 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3413 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = m
;
3416 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]);
3417 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_longjmp_master
,
3418 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3419 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3420 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3421 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3422 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3428 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3430 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3432 const char *const func_name
= "std::terminate()";
3434 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
3436 for (struct program_space
*pspace
: program_spaces
)
3440 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3442 for (objfile
*objfile
: current_program_space
->objfiles ())
3444 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3445 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3446 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3448 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3450 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
))
3453 if (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3455 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3457 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3458 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
|| (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_text
3459 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_file_text
))
3461 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3462 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3465 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= m
;
3468 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
);
3469 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (objfile
->arch (), addr
,
3470 bp_std_terminate_master
,
3471 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3472 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3473 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3474 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3475 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3480 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3483 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3485 const char *const func_name
= "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3487 for (objfile
*objfile
: current_program_space
->objfiles ())
3489 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3490 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3491 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3493 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3495 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3497 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3498 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
)
3500 std::vector
<probe
*> ret
3501 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libgcc", "unwind");
3505 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3508 if (!p
->can_evaluate_arguments ())
3510 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3511 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3515 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
= ret
;
3516 bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
= 1;
3519 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
.empty ())
3521 gdbarch
= objfile
->arch ();
3523 for (probe
*p
: bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
)
3525 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3526 p
->get_relocated_address (objfile
),
3527 bp_exception_master
,
3528 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3529 b
->location
= new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3530 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3536 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3538 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
))
3541 gdbarch
= objfile
->arch ();
3543 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3545 struct bound_minimal_symbol debug_hook
;
3547 debug_hook
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3548 if (debug_hook
.minsym
== NULL
)
3550 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3554 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= debug_hook
;
3557 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
);
3558 addr
= gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch
, addr
,
3559 current_top_target ());
3560 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_exception_master
,
3561 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3562 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3563 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3564 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3565 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3569 /* Does B have a location spec? */
3572 breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
3574 return b
->location
!= NULL
&& event_location_empty_p (b
->location
.get ());
3578 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3580 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3581 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
3583 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3584 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3585 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3586 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3587 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3588 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3589 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3590 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3591 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
3592 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3593 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
3595 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3597 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
3600 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3601 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
3603 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3607 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3608 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
3610 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3614 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3615 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3616 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
3617 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
|| b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
3618 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
3620 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3624 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3625 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
|| b
->type
== bp_hp_step_resume
)
3627 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3631 /* Just like single-step breakpoints. */
3632 if (b
->type
== bp_single_step
)
3634 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3638 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3640 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
3641 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3642 || b
->type
== bp_exception
|| b
->type
== bp_exception_resume
)
3644 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3648 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3650 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3651 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3652 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3653 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3657 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3658 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3659 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3660 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3661 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3662 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3664 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3665 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3666 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3667 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3668 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3669 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3670 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3672 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3673 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3674 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3675 let finish_command delete it.
3677 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3678 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3679 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3680 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3681 solib breakpoints.) */
3683 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
3688 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3689 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3691 if (breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (b
))
3693 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3700 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid
)
3702 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3704 scoped_restore save_inferior_ptid
= make_scoped_restore (&inferior_ptid
);
3705 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
3707 if (ptid
.pid () == inferior_ptid
.pid ())
3708 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3710 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3711 inferior_ptid
= ptid
;
3712 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3714 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3717 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3718 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3719 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3720 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3721 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3722 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3723 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_other
)
3727 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3733 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3734 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3735 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3736 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3737 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3740 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
3744 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3745 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3747 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3748 This should not ever happen. */
3749 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3751 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3752 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3754 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3755 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3756 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3758 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3759 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
3760 || bl
->section
== NULL
3761 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
3763 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3765 /* If we're trying to uninsert a memory breakpoint that we
3766 know is set in a dynamic object that is marked
3767 shlib_disabled, then either the dynamic object was
3768 removed with "remove-symbol-file" or with
3769 "nosharedlibrary". In the former case, we don't know
3770 whether another dynamic object might have loaded over the
3771 breakpoint's address -- the user might well let us know
3772 about it next with add-symbol-file (the whole point of
3773 add-symbol-file is letting the user manually maintain a
3774 list of dynamically loaded objects). If we have the
3775 breakpoint's shadow memory, that is, this is a software
3776 breakpoint managed by GDB, check whether the breakpoint
3777 is still inserted in memory, to avoid overwriting wrong
3778 code with stale saved shadow contents. Note that HW
3779 breakpoints don't have shadow memory, as they're
3780 implemented using a mechanism that is not dependent on
3781 being able to modify the target's memory, and as such
3782 they should always be removed. */
3783 if (bl
->shlib_disabled
3784 && bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
!= 0
3785 && !memory_validate_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
))
3788 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3792 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3793 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3794 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
3796 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3797 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3799 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3800 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3801 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3802 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3803 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3805 target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3806 &bl
->overlay_target_info
,
3809 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3810 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3813 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3814 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3815 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3816 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3818 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3819 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3820 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3821 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3822 || section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3823 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3829 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3834 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint in
3835 a shared library that has already been removed, but we have
3836 not yet processed the shlib unload event. Similarly for an
3837 unloaded add-symbol-file object - the user might not yet have
3838 had the chance to remove-symbol-file it. shlib_disabled will
3839 be set if the library/object has already been removed, but
3840 the breakpoint hasn't been uninserted yet, e.g., after
3841 "nosharedlibrary" or "remove-symbol-file" with breakpoints
3842 always-inserted mode. */
3844 && (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3845 && (bl
->shlib_disabled
3846 || solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
3847 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
3853 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3855 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
3857 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3858 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3860 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3861 bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3863 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3864 if (reason
== REMOVE_BREAKPOINT
&& bl
->inserted
)
3865 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3868 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
3869 && breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3872 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3873 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3875 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3879 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3886 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
3888 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3889 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3891 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3892 This should not ever happen. */
3893 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3895 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
3897 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3899 return remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, REMOVE_BREAKPOINT
);
3902 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3905 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3907 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3909 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3910 if (bl
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3914 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3915 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3917 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3920 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3921 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3922 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3927 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
3929 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3930 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
3932 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3934 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
3937 mark_breakpoints_out ();
3939 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3941 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
3947 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
3949 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
3950 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
3953 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
3955 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
3957 case bp_shlib_event
:
3959 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
3960 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
3961 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
3962 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
3963 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
3965 (gdb) file prog-linux
3966 (gdb) run # native linux target
3969 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
3970 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
3973 case bp_step_resume
:
3975 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
3977 case bp_single_step
:
3979 /* Also remove single-step breakpoints. */
3981 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3985 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
3986 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
3987 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
3989 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
3991 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
3992 if (w
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
3993 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3996 /* Get rid of existing locations, which are no longer
3997 valid. New ones will be created in
3998 update_watchpoint, when the inferior is restarted.
3999 The next update_global_location_list call will
4000 garbage collect them. */
4003 if (context
== inf_starting
)
4005 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
4006 insert_breakpoints. */
4007 w
->val
.reset (nullptr);
4008 w
->val_valid
= false;
4018 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
4019 for (bp_location
*bl
: moribund_locations
)
4020 decref_bp_location (&bl
);
4021 moribund_locations
.clear ();
4024 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
4025 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
4026 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
4027 match, not program space. */
4029 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
4030 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
4031 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
4032 permanent breakpoint.
4033 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
4034 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
4035 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
4036 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
4037 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
4039 enum breakpoint_here
4040 breakpoint_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4042 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4043 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
4045 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4047 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4048 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4051 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4052 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4054 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4056 if (overlay_debugging
4057 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4058 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4059 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4060 else if (bl
->permanent
)
4061 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
4063 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
4067 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: no_breakpoint_here
;
4070 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4073 breakpoint_in_range_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
4074 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4076 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4078 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4080 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4081 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4084 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4086 && breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (bl
, aspace
,
4089 if (overlay_debugging
4090 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4091 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4093 /* Unmapped overlay -- can't be a match. */
4104 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
4107 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4109 for (bp_location
*loc
: moribund_locations
)
4110 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
4116 /* Returns non-zero iff BL is inserted at PC, in address space
4120 bp_location_inserted_here_p (struct bp_location
*bl
,
4121 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4124 && breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
4127 if (overlay_debugging
4128 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4129 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4130 return 0; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4137 /* Returns non-zero iff there's a breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4140 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4142 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4144 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4146 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4148 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4149 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4152 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4158 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4162 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
4165 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4167 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4169 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4171 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
4174 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4181 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4184 hardware_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
4187 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4189 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4191 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4193 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4196 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4204 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (const address_space
*aspace
,
4205 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4207 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
4209 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
4211 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4213 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
4214 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
4217 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
4220 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4221 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
4225 /* Check for intersection. */
4226 l
= std::max
<CORE_ADDR
> (loc
->address
, addr
);
4227 h
= std::min
<CORE_ADDR
> (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
4235 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4238 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
4240 return (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
4243 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4244 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4247 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
4264 bpstats::bpstats (const bpstats
&other
)
4266 bp_location_at (other
.bp_location_at
),
4267 breakpoint_at (other
.breakpoint_at
),
4268 commands (other
.commands
),
4269 print (other
.print
),
4271 print_it (other
.print_it
)
4273 if (other
.old_val
!= NULL
)
4274 old_val
= release_value (value_copy (other
.old_val
.get ()));
4277 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4278 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4281 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
4285 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
4290 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4292 tmp
= new bpstats (*bs
);
4295 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4305 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4308 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
4313 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4315 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== breakpoint
)
4321 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4324 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
4326 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4328 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
4330 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4332 if (sig
== GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
4337 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
->ops
->explains_signal (bsp
->breakpoint_at
,
4346 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4347 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4348 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4349 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4351 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4352 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4354 Return 1 otherwise. */
4357 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
4359 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4362 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4364 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4365 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4366 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4367 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
;
4368 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
4370 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4372 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
4376 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4379 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4383 if (inferior_ptid
== null_ptid
)
4386 thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4387 for (bs
= tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4389 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4390 bs
->old_val
.reset (nullptr);
4394 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4397 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4399 if (inferior_ptid
!= null_ptid
)
4401 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4403 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4404 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4405 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4406 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4407 if (tp
->control
.in_infcall
)
4411 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
4414 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4415 or its equivalent. */
4418 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line
*cmd
)
4420 return cmd
&& (strcmp ("silent", cmd
->line
) == 0);
4423 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4424 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4425 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4426 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4428 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4429 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4430 bpstat of the current thread. */
4433 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
4438 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4440 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
4443 scoped_restore save_executing
4444 = make_scoped_restore (&executing_breakpoint_commands
, 1);
4446 scoped_restore preventer
= prevent_dont_repeat ();
4448 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4451 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
4452 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4454 struct command_line
*cmd
= NULL
;
4456 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4458 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4459 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4460 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4461 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4462 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4463 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4464 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4465 the tree when we're done. */
4466 counted_command_line ccmd
= bs
->commands
;
4467 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4470 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd
))
4472 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4478 execute_control_command (cmd
);
4480 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4486 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4488 if (current_ui
->async
)
4489 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4490 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4491 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4494 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4495 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4496 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4497 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4498 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4499 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4500 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4501 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4502 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4503 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4504 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4505 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4506 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4514 /* Helper for bpstat_do_actions. Get the current thread, if there's
4515 one, is alive and has execution. Return NULL otherwise. */
4517 static thread_info
*
4518 get_bpstat_thread ()
4520 if (inferior_ptid
== null_ptid
|| !target_has_execution ())
4523 thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4524 if (tp
->state
== THREAD_EXITED
|| tp
->executing
)
4530 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4532 auto cleanup_if_error
= make_scope_exit (bpstat_clear_actions
);
4535 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4536 while ((tp
= get_bpstat_thread ()) != NULL
)
4538 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the
4539 inferior, and only return when it is stopped at the next
4540 breakpoint, we keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns
4541 false to indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4542 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
))
4546 cleanup_if_error
.release ();
4549 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4552 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
4555 fprintf_styled (stream
, metadata_style
.style (), _("<unreadable>"));
4558 struct value_print_options opts
;
4559 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4560 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
4564 /* Print the "Thread ID hit" part of "Thread ID hit Breakpoint N" if
4565 debugging multiple threads. */
4568 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (struct ui_out
*uiout
)
4570 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
4575 if (show_thread_that_caused_stop ())
4578 struct thread_info
*thr
= inferior_thread ();
4580 uiout
->text ("Thread ");
4581 uiout
->field_string ("thread-id", print_thread_id (thr
));
4583 name
= thr
->name
!= NULL
? thr
->name
: target_thread_name (thr
);
4586 uiout
->text (" \"");
4587 uiout
->field_string ("name", name
);
4591 uiout
->text (" hit ");
4595 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4596 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4597 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4598 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4601 static enum print_stop_action
4602 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
4604 switch (bs
->print_it
)
4607 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4608 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4612 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4613 relevant messages. */
4614 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
4617 case print_it_normal
:
4619 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4621 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4622 which has since been deleted. */
4624 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4626 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4627 return b
->ops
->print_it (bs
);
4632 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4633 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4638 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4641 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint
)
4643 bool any_deleted
= !current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
.empty ();
4644 bool any_added
= !current_program_space
->added_solibs
.empty ();
4648 if (any_added
|| any_deleted
)
4649 current_uiout
->text (_("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4651 current_uiout
->text (_("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4652 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4655 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
4656 current_uiout
->field_string ("reason",
4657 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT
));
4661 current_uiout
->text (_(" Inferior unloaded "));
4662 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (current_uiout
, "removed");
4663 for (int ix
= 0; ix
< current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
.size (); ix
++)
4665 const std::string
&name
= current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
[ix
];
4668 current_uiout
->text (" ");
4669 current_uiout
->field_string ("library", name
);
4670 current_uiout
->text ("\n");
4676 current_uiout
->text (_(" Inferior loaded "));
4677 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (current_uiout
, "added");
4679 for (so_list
*iter
: current_program_space
->added_solibs
)
4682 current_uiout
->text (" ");
4684 current_uiout
->field_string ("library", iter
->so_name
);
4685 current_uiout
->text ("\n");
4690 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4691 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4692 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4693 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4694 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4695 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4696 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4699 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4700 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4701 code to print the location. An example is
4702 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4704 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4705 to also print the location part of the message.
4706 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4707 don't require a location appended to the end.
4708 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4709 further info to be printed. */
4711 enum print_stop_action
4712 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
, int kind
)
4714 enum print_stop_action val
;
4716 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4717 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4718 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4719 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4720 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4722 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
4723 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4724 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4725 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
4729 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4730 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4731 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4732 if (kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
4734 print_solib_event (0);
4735 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
4738 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4739 with and nothing was printed. */
4740 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4743 /* Evaluate the boolean expression EXP and return the result. */
4746 breakpoint_cond_eval (expression
*exp
)
4748 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
4749 bool res
= value_true (evaluate_expression (exp
));
4751 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4755 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4757 bpstats::bpstats (struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat
**bs_link_pointer
)
4759 bp_location_at (bp_location_ref_ptr::new_reference (bl
)),
4760 breakpoint_at (bl
->owner
),
4764 print_it (print_it_normal
)
4766 **bs_link_pointer
= this;
4767 *bs_link_pointer
= &next
;
4772 breakpoint_at (NULL
),
4776 print_it (print_it_normal
)
4780 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4781 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4784 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4786 bool stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4788 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4790 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
4792 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4793 as not triggered. */
4795 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4797 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4799 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4805 if (!target_stopped_data_address (current_top_target (), &addr
))
4807 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4808 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4810 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4812 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4814 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
4820 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4821 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4825 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4827 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4828 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4830 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4831 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4833 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
4835 CORE_ADDR newaddr
= addr
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4836 CORE_ADDR start
= loc
->address
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4838 if (newaddr
== start
)
4840 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4844 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4845 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (current_top_target (),
4849 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4858 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check. */
4859 enum wp_check_result
4861 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4864 /* The value has changed. */
4865 WP_VALUE_CHANGED
= 2,
4867 /* The value has not changed. */
4868 WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
= 3,
4870 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4874 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4875 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4877 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4880 static wp_check_result
4881 watchpoint_check (bpstat bs
)
4883 struct watchpoint
*b
;
4884 struct frame_info
*fr
;
4885 int within_current_scope
;
4887 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4888 gdb_assert (bs
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
);
4889 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4891 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4892 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4893 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4894 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
4897 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
4898 within_current_scope
= 1;
4901 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
4902 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
4903 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
4905 /* stack_frame_destroyed_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4906 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4907 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4908 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4909 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4910 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4911 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4912 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4913 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4914 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
4917 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
4918 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
4920 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
4921 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
4922 if (within_current_scope
)
4924 struct symbol
*function
;
4926 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
4927 if (function
== NULL
4928 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
4929 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
4930 within_current_scope
= 0;
4933 if (within_current_scope
)
4934 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
4935 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
4940 if (within_current_scope
)
4942 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
4943 time before we return to the command level and call
4944 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
4945 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
4949 struct value
*new_val
;
4951 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
4952 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
4953 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
4954 a mask watchpoint. */
4955 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
4957 mark
= value_mark ();
4958 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
.get (), &pc
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
, false);
4960 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
4961 new_val
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, new_val
);
4963 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
4964 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
4965 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
4966 not what we want. */
4967 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
4968 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
.get (),
4971 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
4972 b
->val
= release_value (new_val
);
4973 b
->val_valid
= true;
4974 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
4975 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4976 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
4980 /* Nothing changed. */
4981 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4982 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
4987 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
4988 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
4989 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
4990 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
4991 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
4992 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
4993 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
4994 the first value assigned). */
4995 /* We print all the stop information in
4996 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
4997 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
4998 already. So we have no choice but print the information
5001 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS ()
5003 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5005 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
5007 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
5008 uiout
->message ("\nWatchpoint %pF deleted because the program has "
5009 "left the block in\n"
5010 "which its expression is valid.\n",
5011 signed_field ("wpnum", b
->number
));
5014 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
5016 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5022 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
5023 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
5024 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
5027 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
5028 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
5029 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5031 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
5033 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
5034 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5036 return b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
5039 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
5040 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
5043 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
5045 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5046 struct watchpoint
*b
;
5048 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5049 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
.get ();
5050 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5051 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5052 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5055 int must_check_value
= 0;
5057 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5058 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
5060 must_check_value
= 1;
5061 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
5062 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
5063 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
5065 must_check_value
= 1;
5066 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
5067 && b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
5068 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
5069 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
5070 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
5071 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
5072 must_check_value
= 1;
5074 if (must_check_value
)
5080 e
= watchpoint_check (bs
);
5082 catch (const gdb_exception
&ex
)
5084 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, ex
,
5085 "Error evaluating expression "
5086 "for watchpoint %d\n",
5089 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS ()
5091 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"),
5094 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5101 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5102 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5106 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5109 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
5110 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
5112 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5114 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5115 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5116 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5117 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5118 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5119 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5120 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5123 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5124 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5127 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5128 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5129 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5130 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5132 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5133 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5134 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5137 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5138 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5139 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5140 changes. This still gives false positives when
5141 the program writes the same value to memory as
5142 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5143 it for a read), but it's much better than
5146 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
5148 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
5150 struct breakpoint
*other_b
;
5152 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b
)
5153 if (other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5154 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
5156 struct watchpoint
*other_w
=
5157 (struct watchpoint
*) other_b
;
5159 if (other_w
->watchpoint_triggered
5160 == watch_triggered_yes
)
5162 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
5168 if (other_write_watchpoint
5169 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
5171 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5172 and the value changed since the last time we
5173 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5175 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5180 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
5181 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5182 || b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5184 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5185 the value hasn't changed. */
5186 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5196 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5198 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5199 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5200 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5201 anything for this watchpoint. */
5202 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5208 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5209 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5210 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5211 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5214 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, thread_info
*thread
)
5216 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5217 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5219 bool condition_result
= true;
5220 struct expression
*cond
;
5222 gdb_assert (bs
->stop
);
5224 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5225 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
.get ();
5226 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5227 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5228 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5230 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5231 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5232 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5234 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
5235 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5241 /* If this is a thread/task-specific breakpoint, don't waste cpu
5242 evaluating the condition if this isn't the specified
5244 if ((b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= thread
->global_num
)
5245 || (b
->task
!= 0 && b
->task
!= ada_get_task_number (thread
)))
5251 /* Evaluate extension language breakpoints that have a "stop" method
5253 bs
->stop
= breakpoint_ext_lang_cond_says_stop (b
);
5255 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5257 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5259 cond
= w
->cond_exp
.get ();
5262 cond
= bl
->cond
.get ();
5264 if (cond
&& b
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
5266 int within_current_scope
= 1;
5267 struct watchpoint
* w
;
5269 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5270 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5271 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5272 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5274 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
5276 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5277 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5281 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5282 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5283 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5284 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5285 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5287 if (w
== NULL
|| w
->cond_exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5288 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5291 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5293 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5294 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5295 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5296 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5297 really matter which instantiation of the function
5298 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5299 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5300 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5301 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5302 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5303 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5304 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5305 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5307 frame
= block_innermost_frame (w
->cond_exp_valid_block
);
5309 select_frame (frame
);
5311 within_current_scope
= 0;
5313 if (within_current_scope
)
5317 condition_result
= breakpoint_cond_eval (cond
);
5319 catch (const gdb_exception
&ex
)
5321 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, ex
,
5322 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n");
5327 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5328 "in the current scope"));
5329 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5330 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5332 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5333 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5336 if (cond
&& !condition_result
)
5340 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
5344 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5346 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
5350 /* Returns true if we need to track moribund locations of LOC's type
5351 on the current target. */
5354 need_moribund_for_location_type (struct bp_location
*loc
)
5356 return ((loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
5357 && !target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ())
5358 || (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
5359 && !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ()));
5362 /* See breakpoint.h. */
5365 build_bpstat_chain (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
5366 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5368 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5369 bpstat bs_head
= NULL
, *bs_link
= &bs_head
;
5373 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5376 for (bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5378 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5379 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5380 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5381 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5382 checked all locations already. */
5383 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
5386 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->disabled_by_cond
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
)
5389 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
5392 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5395 bpstat bs
= new bpstats (bl
, &bs_link
); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5398 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5399 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5400 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5404 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5405 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5406 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5408 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
&& b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
5410 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
->related_breakpoint
;
5412 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5417 /* Check if a moribund breakpoint explains the stop. */
5418 if (!target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ()
5419 || !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ())
5421 for (bp_location
*loc
: moribund_locations
)
5423 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, bp_addr
)
5424 && need_moribund_for_location_type (loc
))
5426 bpstat bs
= new bpstats (loc
, &bs_link
);
5427 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5430 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5438 /* See breakpoint.h. */
5441 bpstat_stop_status (const address_space
*aspace
,
5442 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, thread_info
*thread
,
5443 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
,
5446 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
5447 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5448 bpstat bs_head
= stop_chain
;
5450 int need_remove_insert
;
5453 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5454 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5455 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5456 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5457 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5458 inferior function calls. */
5459 if (bs_head
== NULL
)
5460 bs_head
= build_bpstat_chain (aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
5462 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5463 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5464 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5466 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5468 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
5470 handle_solib_event ();
5475 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5476 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5477 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5481 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5486 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5487 b
->ops
->check_status (bs
);
5490 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, thread
);
5495 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
5497 /* We will stop here. */
5498 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
5500 --(b
->enable_count
);
5501 if (b
->enable_count
<= 0)
5502 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
5507 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
5508 if (command_line_is_silent (bs
->commands
5509 ? bs
->commands
.get () : NULL
))
5512 b
->ops
->after_condition_true (bs
);
5517 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5519 if (!bs
->stop
|| !bs
->print
)
5520 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5523 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5524 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5525 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5527 need_remove_insert
= 0;
5528 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head
))
5529 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5531 && bs
->breakpoint_at
5532 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
))
5534 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5536 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5537 need_remove_insert
= 1;
5540 if (need_remove_insert
)
5541 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
5542 else if (removed_any
)
5543 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
5549 handle_jit_event (CORE_ADDR address
)
5551 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
5553 infrun_debug_printf ("handling bp_jit_event");
5555 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5556 breakpoint_re_set. */
5557 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
5559 gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (get_current_frame ());
5560 /* This event is caused by a breakpoint set in `jit_breakpoint_re_set`,
5561 thus it is expected that its objectfile can be found through
5562 minimal symbol lookup. If it doesn't work (and assert fails), it
5563 most likely means that `jit_breakpoint_re_set` was changes and this
5564 function needs to be updated too. */
5565 bound_minimal_symbol jit_bp_sym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (address
);
5566 gdb_assert (jit_bp_sym
.objfile
!= nullptr);
5567 jit_event_handler (gdbarch
, jit_bp_sym
.objfile
);
5569 target_terminal::inferior ();
5572 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5574 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5577 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head
)
5579 struct bpstat_what retval
;
5582 retval
.main_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5583 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_NONE
;
5584 retval
.is_longjmp
= false;
5586 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5588 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5589 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5590 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5593 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
5595 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5596 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5600 bptype
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
;
5607 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5608 case bp_single_step
:
5611 case bp_shlib_event
:
5615 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5617 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5620 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5623 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5624 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5625 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5629 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5631 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5635 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5636 This requires no further action. */
5640 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5644 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5645 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
!= bp_exception
;
5648 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5650 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5651 case bp_exception_resume
:
5654 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5655 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp_resume
;
5658 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5660 case bp_step_resume
:
5662 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
;
5665 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5666 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5669 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5671 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME
;
5674 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5675 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5678 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5679 case bp_thread_event
:
5680 case bp_overlay_event
:
5681 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5682 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5683 case bp_exception_master
:
5684 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5690 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5692 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5696 /* Some catchpoints are implemented with breakpoints.
5697 For those, we need to step over the breakpoint. */
5698 if (bs
->bp_location_at
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_other
)
5699 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5703 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5706 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5707 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5708 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STACK_DUMMY
;
5709 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5711 case bp_std_terminate
:
5712 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5713 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5714 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STD_TERMINATE
;
5715 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5718 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5719 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5720 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5721 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5723 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5724 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5726 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5727 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5728 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5730 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5731 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5732 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5733 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5738 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5740 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5744 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5745 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype
);
5748 retval
.main_action
= std::max (retval
.main_action
, this_action
);
5755 bpstat_run_callbacks (bpstat bs_head
)
5759 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5761 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5768 handle_jit_event (bs
->bp_location_at
->address
);
5770 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5771 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b
);
5773 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5774 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b
);
5780 /* See breakpoint.h. */
5783 bpstat_should_step ()
5785 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5788 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
5793 /* See breakpoint.h. */
5796 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
5798 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5807 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5808 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5809 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5812 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out
*uiout
, const char *col_name
)
5814 static char wrap_indent
[80];
5815 int i
, total_width
, width
, align
;
5819 for (i
= 1; uiout
->query_table_field (i
, &width
, &align
, &text
); i
++)
5821 if (strcmp (text
, col_name
) == 0)
5823 gdb_assert (total_width
< sizeof wrap_indent
);
5824 memset (wrap_indent
, ' ', total_width
);
5825 wrap_indent
[total_width
] = 0;
5830 total_width
+= width
+ 1;
5836 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5837 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5839 "host": Host evals condition.
5840 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5841 "target": Target evals condition.
5845 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5847 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5848 char host_evals
= 0;
5849 char target_evals
= 0;
5854 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
5857 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5858 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5859 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5861 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5863 if (bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5869 if (host_evals
&& target_evals
)
5870 return condition_evaluation_both
;
5871 else if (target_evals
)
5872 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5874 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5877 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5878 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5881 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location
*bl
)
5883 if (bl
&& !is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
5886 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5887 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5888 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5890 if (bl
&& bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5891 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5893 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5896 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5899 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5900 struct bp_location
*loc
)
5902 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5904 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
5906 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
5910 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
5912 if (b
->display_canonical
)
5913 uiout
->field_string ("what", event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
5914 else if (loc
&& loc
->symtab
)
5916 const struct symbol
*sym
= loc
->symbol
;
5920 uiout
->text ("in ");
5921 uiout
->field_string ("func", sym
->print_name (),
5922 function_name_style
.style ());
5924 uiout
->wrap_hint (wrap_indent_at_field (uiout
, "what"));
5925 uiout
->text ("at ");
5927 uiout
->field_string ("file",
5928 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc
->symtab
),
5929 file_name_style
.style ());
5932 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
5933 uiout
->field_string ("fullname", symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
));
5935 uiout
->field_signed ("line", loc
->line_number
);
5941 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, &stb
,
5943 uiout
->field_stream ("at", stb
);
5947 uiout
->field_string ("pending",
5948 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
5949 /* If extra_string is available, it could be holding a condition
5950 or dprintf arguments. In either case, make sure it is printed,
5951 too, but only for non-MI streams. */
5952 if (!uiout
->is_mi_like_p () && b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
5954 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
5958 uiout
->text (b
->extra_string
);
5962 if (loc
&& is_breakpoint (b
)
5963 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5964 && bp_condition_evaluator (b
) == condition_evaluation_both
)
5967 uiout
->field_string ("evaluated-by",
5968 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc
));
5974 bptype_string (enum bptype type
)
5976 struct ep_type_description
5979 const char *description
;
5981 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
5983 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
5984 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
5985 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
5986 {bp_single_step
, "sw single-step"},
5987 {bp_until
, "until"},
5988 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
5989 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
5990 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
5991 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
5992 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
5993 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
5994 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
5995 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy
, "longjmp for call dummy"},
5996 {bp_exception
, "exception"},
5997 {bp_exception_resume
, "exception resume"},
5998 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
5999 {bp_hp_step_resume
, "high-priority step resume"},
6000 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
6001 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
6002 {bp_std_terminate
, "std::terminate"},
6003 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
6004 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
6005 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
6006 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
6007 {bp_std_terminate_master
, "std::terminate master"},
6008 {bp_exception_master
, "exception master"},
6009 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
6010 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
6011 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
6012 {bp_static_tracepoint
, "static tracepoint"},
6013 {bp_dprintf
, "dprintf"},
6014 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
6015 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
6016 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
6019 if (((int) type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
6020 || ((int) type
!= bptypes
[(int) type
].type
))
6021 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
6022 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
6025 return bptypes
[(int) type
].description
;
6028 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
6029 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
6032 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out
*uiout
,
6033 const char *field_name
,
6034 const std::vector
<int> &inf_nums
,
6037 int is_mi
= uiout
->is_mi_like_p ();
6039 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6040 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
6041 if (!is_mi
&& mi_only
)
6044 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (uiout
, field_name
);
6046 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< inf_nums
.size (); i
++)
6052 xsnprintf (mi_group
, sizeof (mi_group
), "i%d", inf_nums
[i
]);
6053 uiout
->field_string (NULL
, mi_group
);
6058 uiout
->text (" inf ");
6062 uiout
->text (plongest (inf_nums
[i
]));
6067 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. If RAW_LOC, print raw breakpoint locations
6068 instead of going via breakpoint_ops::print_one. This makes "maint
6069 info breakpoints" show the software breakpoint locations of
6070 catchpoints, which are considered internal implementation
6074 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6075 struct bp_location
*loc
,
6077 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6078 int allflag
, bool raw_loc
)
6080 struct command_line
*l
;
6081 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
6083 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6084 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
6085 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
6086 struct value_print_options opts
;
6088 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6090 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
6091 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
6092 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
6095 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
6096 || !b
->loc
->enabled
|| b
->loc
->disabled_by_cond
)))
6097 header_of_multiple
= 1;
6105 if (part_of_multiple
)
6106 uiout
->field_fmt ("number", "%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
6108 uiout
->field_signed ("number", b
->number
);
6112 if (part_of_multiple
)
6113 uiout
->field_skip ("type");
6115 uiout
->field_string ("type", bptype_string (b
->type
));
6119 if (part_of_multiple
)
6120 uiout
->field_skip ("disp");
6122 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
6126 if (part_of_multiple
)
6127 uiout
->field_string ("enabled", (loc
->disabled_by_cond
? "N*"
6128 : (loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n")));
6130 uiout
->field_fmt ("enabled", "%c", bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
6133 if (!raw_loc
&& b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
6134 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
6137 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
6139 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6141 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6142 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6143 is relatively readable). */
6144 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6145 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
6147 uiout
->field_string ("what", w
->exp_string
);
6149 else if (!is_catchpoint (b
) || is_exception_catchpoint (b
)
6150 || is_ada_exception_catchpoint (b
))
6152 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6155 if (header_of_multiple
)
6156 uiout
->field_string ("addr", "<MULTIPLE>",
6157 metadata_style
.style ());
6158 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6159 uiout
->field_string ("addr", "<PENDING>",
6160 metadata_style
.style ());
6162 uiout
->field_core_addr ("addr",
6163 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
6166 if (!header_of_multiple
)
6167 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
);
6173 if (loc
!= NULL
&& !header_of_multiple
)
6175 std::vector
<int> inf_nums
;
6178 for (inferior
*inf
: all_inferiors ())
6180 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
6181 inf_nums
.push_back (inf
->num
);
6184 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6185 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6187 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6188 && (program_spaces
.size () > 1
6189 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6190 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6191 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6192 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
))
6194 output_thread_groups (uiout
, "thread-groups", inf_nums
, mi_only
);
6197 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6199 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6201 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6202 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6203 uiout
->text (" thread ");
6204 uiout
->field_signed ("thread", b
->thread
);
6206 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
6208 uiout
->text (" task ");
6209 uiout
->field_signed ("task", b
->task
);
6215 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6216 b
->ops
->print_one_detail (b
, uiout
);
6218 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
6221 uiout
->text ("\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6222 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6224 uiout
->field_core_addr ("frame",
6225 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
6229 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
)
6232 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6233 uiout
->text ("\ttrace only if ");
6235 uiout
->text ("\tstop only if ");
6236 uiout
->field_string ("cond", b
->cond_string
);
6238 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6239 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6240 if (is_breakpoint (b
)
6241 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6242 == condition_evaluation_target
)
6244 uiout
->message (" (%pF evals)",
6245 string_field ("evaluated-by",
6246 bp_condition_evaluator (b
)));
6251 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
6253 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6254 uiout
->text ("\tstop only in thread ");
6255 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6256 uiout
->field_signed ("thread", b
->thread
);
6259 struct thread_info
*thr
= find_thread_global_id (b
->thread
);
6261 uiout
->field_string ("thread", print_thread_id (thr
));
6266 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6270 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6271 if (is_catchpoint (b
))
6272 uiout
->text ("\tcatchpoint");
6273 else if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6274 uiout
->text ("\ttracepoint");
6276 uiout
->text ("\tbreakpoint");
6277 uiout
->text (" already hit ");
6278 uiout
->field_signed ("times", b
->hit_count
);
6279 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
6280 uiout
->text (" time\n");
6282 uiout
->text (" times\n");
6286 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6287 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6288 uiout
->field_signed ("times", b
->hit_count
);
6292 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
6295 uiout
->message ("\tignore next %pF hits\n",
6296 signed_field ("ignore", b
->ignore_count
));
6299 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6300 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6301 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6302 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->enable_count
> 1)
6305 uiout
->text ("\tdisable after ");
6306 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6307 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6308 if (b
->ignore_count
)
6309 uiout
->text ("additional ");
6311 uiout
->text ("next ");
6312 uiout
->field_signed ("enable", b
->enable_count
);
6313 uiout
->text (" hits\n");
6316 if (!part_of_multiple
&& is_tracepoint (b
))
6318 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6320 if (tp
->traceframe_usage
)
6322 uiout
->text ("\ttrace buffer usage ");
6323 uiout
->field_signed ("traceframe-usage", tp
->traceframe_usage
);
6324 uiout
->text (" bytes\n");
6328 l
= b
->commands
? b
->commands
.get () : NULL
;
6329 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
6332 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, "script");
6333 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
6336 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6338 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6340 if (!part_of_multiple
&& t
->pass_count
)
6342 annotate_field (10);
6343 uiout
->text ("\tpass count ");
6344 uiout
->field_signed ("pass", t
->pass_count
);
6345 uiout
->text (" \n");
6348 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6350 if (!header_of_multiple
&& loc
!= NULL
&& !loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6352 annotate_field (11);
6354 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6355 uiout
->field_string ("installed",
6356 loc
->inserted
? "y" : "n");
6362 uiout
->text ("\tnot ");
6363 uiout
->text ("installed on target\n");
6368 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p () && !part_of_multiple
)
6370 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
6372 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6374 uiout
->field_string ("original-location", w
->exp_string
);
6376 else if (b
->location
!= NULL
6377 && event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()) != NULL
)
6378 uiout
->field_string ("original-location",
6379 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
6383 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6385 bool fix_multi_location_breakpoint_output_globally
= false;
6388 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6389 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6392 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6393 bool use_fixed_output
6394 = (uiout
->test_flags (fix_multi_location_breakpoint_output
)
6395 || fix_multi_location_breakpoint_output_globally
);
6397 gdb::optional
<ui_out_emit_tuple
> bkpt_tuple_emitter (gdb::in_place
, uiout
, "bkpt");
6398 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
, allflag
, false);
6400 /* The mi2 broken format: the main breakpoint tuple ends here, the locations
6402 if (!use_fixed_output
)
6403 bkpt_tuple_emitter
.reset ();
6405 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6406 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6407 locations, if any. */
6409 || b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
6412 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6413 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6414 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6417 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6418 internally, that's not a property exposed to users.
6420 Likewise, while catchpoints may be implemented with
6421 breakpoints (e.g., catch throw), that's not a property
6422 exposed to users. We do however display the internal
6423 breakpoint locations with "maint info breakpoints". */
6424 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
6425 && (!is_catchpoint (b
) || is_exception_catchpoint (b
)
6426 || is_ada_exception_catchpoint (b
))
6428 || (b
->loc
&& (b
->loc
->next
6430 || b
->loc
->disabled_by_cond
))))
6432 gdb::optional
<ui_out_emit_list
> locations_list
;
6434 /* For MI version <= 2, keep the behavior where GDB outputs an invalid
6435 MI record. For later versions, place breakpoint locations in a
6437 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p () && use_fixed_output
)
6438 locations_list
.emplace (uiout
, "locations");
6441 for (bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
6443 ui_out_emit_tuple
loc_tuple_emitter (uiout
, NULL
);
6444 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
,
6452 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6454 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6455 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6457 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have an
6458 address to print. */
6459 if (is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (b
))
6462 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
6466 addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
6467 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6468 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6471 return print_address_bits
;
6474 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6477 print_breakpoint (breakpoint
*b
)
6479 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
6480 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, 0);
6483 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6484 internal or momentary. */
6487 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6489 return b
->number
> 0;
6492 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6495 pending_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6497 return b
->loc
== NULL
;
6500 /* Print information on breakpoints (including watchpoints and tracepoints).
6502 If non-NULL, BP_NUM_LIST is a list of numbers and number ranges as
6503 understood by number_or_range_parser. Only breakpoints included in this
6504 list are then printed.
6506 If SHOW_INTERNAL is true, print internal breakpoints.
6508 If FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6509 ones for which it returns true.
6511 Return the total number of breakpoints listed. */
6514 breakpoint_1 (const char *bp_num_list
, bool show_internal
,
6515 bool (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
6517 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6518 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
6519 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6520 struct value_print_options opts
;
6521 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6522 int print_type_col_width
= 14;
6523 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6524 bool has_disabled_by_cond_location
= false;
6526 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6528 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6529 required for address fields. */
6530 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
6533 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6534 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6537 /* If we have a BP_NUM_LIST string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6538 accept. Skip the others. */
6539 if (bp_num_list
!= NULL
&& *bp_num_list
!= '\0')
6541 if (show_internal
&& parse_and_eval_long (bp_num_list
) != b
->number
)
6543 if (!show_internal
&& !number_is_in_list (bp_num_list
, b
->number
))
6547 if (show_internal
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6549 int addr_bit
, type_len
;
6551 addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
6552 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6553 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6555 type_len
= strlen (bptype_string (b
->type
));
6556 if (type_len
> print_type_col_width
)
6557 print_type_col_width
= type_len
;
6559 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
6564 ui_out_emit_table
table_emitter (uiout
,
6565 opts
.addressprint
? 6 : 5,
6566 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6569 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6570 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6571 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6573 uiout
->table_header (7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6574 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6576 uiout
->table_header (print_type_col_width
, ui_left
, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6577 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6579 uiout
->table_header (4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6580 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6582 uiout
->table_header (3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6583 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6585 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6587 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
6588 uiout
->table_header (10, ui_left
, "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6590 uiout
->table_header (18, ui_left
, "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6592 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6594 uiout
->table_header (40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6595 uiout
->table_body ();
6596 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6597 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6602 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6603 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6606 /* If we have a BP_NUM_LIST string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6607 accept. Skip the others. */
6609 if (bp_num_list
!= NULL
&& *bp_num_list
!= '\0')
6611 if (show_internal
) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6613 if (parse_and_eval_long (bp_num_list
) != b
->number
)
6616 else /* all others */
6618 if (!number_is_in_list (bp_num_list
, b
->number
))
6622 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6623 show_internal is set. */
6624 if (show_internal
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6626 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, show_internal
);
6627 for (bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
6628 if (loc
->disabled_by_cond
)
6629 has_disabled_by_cond_location
= true;
6634 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
6636 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6640 if (bp_num_list
== NULL
|| *bp_num_list
== '\0')
6641 uiout
->message ("No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6643 uiout
->message ("No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6649 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
6650 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
6652 if (has_disabled_by_cond_location
)
6653 uiout
->message (_("(*): Breakpoint condition is invalid at this "
6657 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6658 there have been breakpoints? */
6659 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6661 return nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6664 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6665 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6668 default_collect_info (void)
6670 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6672 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6673 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6675 if (!*default_collect
)
6678 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6680 uiout
->text ("default collect ");
6681 uiout
->field_string ("default-collect", default_collect
);
6682 uiout
->text (" \n");
6686 info_breakpoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
6688 breakpoint_1 (args
, false, NULL
);
6690 default_collect_info ();
6694 info_watchpoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
6696 int num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, false, is_watchpoint
);
6697 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6699 if (num_printed
== 0)
6701 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6702 uiout
->message ("No watchpoints.\n");
6704 uiout
->message ("No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
6709 maintenance_info_breakpoints (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
6711 breakpoint_1 (args
, true, NULL
);
6713 default_collect_info ();
6717 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6718 struct program_space
*pspace
,
6719 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
6721 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
6723 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6725 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
6726 && bl
->address
== pc
6727 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
6733 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6734 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6738 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6739 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
6740 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
6743 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6746 others
+= (user_breakpoint_p (b
)
6747 && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
));
6751 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6752 else /* if (others == ???) */
6753 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6755 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
) && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
6758 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
6759 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
6760 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6761 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6762 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
6763 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6764 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
6765 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
6769 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
6771 current_uiout
->message (_("also set at pc %ps.\n"),
6772 styled_string (address_style
.style (),
6773 paddress (gdbarch
, pc
)));
6778 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of LOC.
6779 For some breakpoint types, the locations' address members are
6780 irrelevant and it makes no sense to attempt to compare them to
6781 other addresses (or use them for any other purpose either).
6783 More specifically, software watchpoints and catchpoints that are
6784 not backed by breakpoints always have a zero valued location
6785 address and we don't want to mark breakpoints of any of these types
6786 to be a duplicate of an actual breakpoint location at address
6790 bl_address_is_meaningful (bp_location
*loc
)
6792 return loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_other
;
6795 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6796 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6799 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6800 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6802 struct watchpoint
*w1
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc1
->owner
;
6803 struct watchpoint
*w2
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc2
->owner
;
6805 /* Both of them must exist. */
6806 gdb_assert (w1
!= NULL
);
6807 gdb_assert (w2
!= NULL
);
6809 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6810 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6811 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6812 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6813 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6814 other watchpoint. */
6816 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1
->address
,
6818 loc1
->watchpoint_type
,
6819 w1
->cond_exp
.get ()))
6821 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2
->address
,
6823 loc2
->watchpoint_type
,
6824 w2
->cond_exp
.get ())))
6827 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6828 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6829 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6830 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6831 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6832 become hw_access locations later. */
6833 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
6834 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
6835 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
6836 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6839 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6842 breakpoint_address_match (const address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
6843 const address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
6845 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6846 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6850 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6851 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6852 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6853 space doesn't really matter. */
6856 breakpoint_address_match_range (const address_space
*aspace1
,
6858 int len1
, const address_space
*aspace2
,
6861 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6862 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6863 && addr2
>= addr1
&& addr2
< addr1
+ len1
);
6866 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6867 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6868 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6869 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6872 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
6873 const address_space
*aspace
,
6876 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
6879 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
6880 bl
->address
, bl
->length
,
6884 /* Returns true if the [ADDR,ADDR+LEN) range in ASPACE overlaps
6885 breakpoint BL. BL may be a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a
6886 match happens only if ASPACE matches the breakpoint's address
6887 space. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address space
6888 doesn't really matter. */
6891 breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location
*bl
,
6892 const address_space
*aspace
,
6893 CORE_ADDR addr
, int len
)
6895 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6896 || bl
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
)
6898 int bl_len
= bl
->length
!= 0 ? bl
->length
: 1;
6900 if (mem_ranges_overlap (addr
, len
, bl
->address
, bl_len
))
6906 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6907 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6908 true, otherwise returns false. */
6911 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6912 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6914 if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) && is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6915 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6916 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6917 different locations. */
6918 return (loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
&& loc1
->owner
== loc2
->owner
);
6923 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6924 (bl_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent
6925 the same location. If SW_HW_BPS_MATCH is true, then software
6926 breakpoint locations and hardware breakpoint locations match,
6927 otherwise they don't. */
6930 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6931 struct bp_location
*loc2
,
6932 bool sw_hw_bps_match
)
6934 int hw_point1
, hw_point2
;
6936 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6937 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
6938 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
6940 hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
6941 hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
6943 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
6946 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
6947 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) || is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6948 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
6950 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged
6951 breakpoints. Keep this in sync with
6952 bp_location_is_less_than. */
6953 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
6954 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
)
6955 && (loc1
->loc_type
== loc2
->loc_type
|| sw_hw_bps_match
)
6956 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6960 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
6961 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
6963 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
6964 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
6968 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
6969 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
6971 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
6972 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
6974 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
6977 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
6978 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
6979 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
6980 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
6983 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6984 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
6986 if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
6987 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
6988 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
6989 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
6990 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
6992 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
6993 have their addresses modified. */
6996 else if (bptype
== bp_single_step
)
6998 /* Single-step breakpoints should not have their addresses
6999 modified. If there's any architectural constrain that
7000 applies to this address, then it should have already been
7001 taken into account when the breakpoint was created in the
7002 first place. If we didn't do this, stepping through e.g.,
7003 Thumb-2 IT blocks would break. */
7008 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
= bpaddr
;
7010 if (gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
7012 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
7013 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
7014 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
7017 adjusted_bpaddr
= address_significant (gdbarch
, adjusted_bpaddr
);
7019 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
7020 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
7022 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
7023 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
7025 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
7030 bp_location_from_bp_type (bptype type
)
7035 case bp_single_step
:
7039 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
7040 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
7042 case bp_exception_resume
:
7043 case bp_step_resume
:
7044 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
7045 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
7047 case bp_std_terminate
:
7048 case bp_shlib_event
:
7049 case bp_thread_event
:
7050 case bp_overlay_event
:
7052 case bp_longjmp_master
:
7053 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
7054 case bp_exception_master
:
7055 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
7056 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
7058 return bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
7059 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
7060 return bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
7061 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
7062 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
7063 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
7064 return bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
7068 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
7069 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
7070 return bp_loc_other
;
7072 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
7076 bp_location::bp_location (breakpoint
*owner
, bp_loc_type type
)
7078 this->owner
= owner
;
7079 this->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
7080 this->shlib_disabled
= 0;
7082 this->disabled_by_cond
= false;
7084 this->loc_type
= type
;
7086 if (this->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
7087 || this->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
7088 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (this);
7093 bp_location::bp_location (breakpoint
*owner
)
7094 : bp_location::bp_location (owner
,
7095 bp_location_from_bp_type (owner
->type
))
7099 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
7101 static struct bp_location
*
7102 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
7104 return bpt
->ops
->allocate_location (bpt
);
7107 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
7108 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
7111 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**blp
)
7113 bp_location_ref_policy::decref (*blp
);
7117 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
7120 add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> &&b
)
7122 struct breakpoint
*b1
;
7123 struct breakpoint
*result
= b
.get ();
7125 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
7126 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7128 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
7130 breakpoint_chain
= b
.release ();
7135 b1
->next
= b
.release ();
7141 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
7144 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
7145 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7147 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7149 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7153 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
7154 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
7155 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
7156 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
7159 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
7160 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
7162 static struct breakpoint
*
7163 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7165 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7167 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype
);
7169 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
.get (), gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7170 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b
));
7173 /* Initialize loc->function_name. */
7176 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
)
7178 gdb_assert (loc
->owner
!= NULL
);
7180 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7181 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
7182 || is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
7184 const char *function_name
;
7186 if (loc
->msymbol
!= NULL
7187 && (MSYMBOL_TYPE (loc
->msymbol
) == mst_text_gnu_ifunc
7188 || MSYMBOL_TYPE (loc
->msymbol
) == mst_data_gnu_ifunc
))
7190 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7192 function_name
= loc
->msymbol
->linkage_name ();
7194 if (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& b
->loc
== loc
7195 && loc
->next
== NULL
&& b
->related_breakpoint
== b
)
7197 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7198 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7199 b
->type
= bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
;
7200 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7202 loc
->related_address
= loc
->address
;
7206 find_pc_partial_function (loc
->address
, &function_name
, NULL
, NULL
);
7209 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (function_name
);
7213 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7215 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
7218 return sal
.section
->objfile
->arch ();
7220 return SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
.symtab
)->arch ();
7225 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7226 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7227 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7229 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7230 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7231 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7234 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7235 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7236 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7238 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7240 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
7242 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
7243 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
7245 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7246 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7248 if (bptype
!= bp_breakpoint
&& bptype
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7249 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
7252 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7253 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7254 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7255 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7256 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7257 is also returned as the value of this function.
7259 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7260 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7261 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7262 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7263 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7264 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7265 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7268 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7269 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7270 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7272 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype
);
7274 init_raw_breakpoint (b
.get (), gdbarch
, sal
, bptype
, ops
);
7275 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b
));
7278 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7279 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7280 initiated the operation. */
7283 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info
*tp
, struct frame_id frame
)
7285 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7286 int thread
= tp
->global_num
;
7288 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7289 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7290 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7291 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7292 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7293 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7294 && (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
7295 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
))
7297 enum bptype type
= b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
? bp_longjmp
: bp_exception
;
7298 struct breakpoint
*clone
;
7300 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7301 after their removal. */
7302 clone
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, type
,
7303 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7304 clone
->thread
= thread
;
7307 tp
->initiating_frame
= frame
;
7310 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7312 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
7314 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7316 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7317 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7319 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7320 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7325 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread
)
7327 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7329 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7330 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7332 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7333 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7337 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7338 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7339 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7343 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7345 struct breakpoint
*b
, *retval
= NULL
;
7348 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
&& b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
7350 struct breakpoint
*new_b
;
7352 new_b
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_longjmp_call_dummy
,
7353 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
,
7355 new_b
->thread
= inferior_thread ()->global_num
;
7357 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7359 gdb_assert (new_b
->related_breakpoint
== new_b
);
7362 new_b
->related_breakpoint
= retval
;
7363 while (retval
->related_breakpoint
!= new_b
->related_breakpoint
)
7364 retval
= retval
->related_breakpoint
;
7365 retval
->related_breakpoint
= new_b
;
7371 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7372 TP. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7375 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7376 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7380 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (struct thread_info
*tp
)
7382 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7384 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7385 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
&& b
->thread
== tp
->global_num
)
7387 struct breakpoint
*dummy_b
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
7389 while (dummy_b
!= b
&& dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
)
7390 dummy_b
= dummy_b
->related_breakpoint
;
7391 if (dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
7392 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b
->frame_id
) != NULL
)
7395 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b
->frame_id
, tp
);
7397 while (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
7399 if (b_tmp
== b
->related_breakpoint
)
7400 b_tmp
= b
->related_breakpoint
->next
;
7401 delete_breakpoint (b
->related_breakpoint
);
7403 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7408 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7410 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7413 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7415 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7416 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7417 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
7422 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7424 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7427 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7429 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
7430 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
7431 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
7435 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7436 master breakpoint. */
7438 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7440 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7442 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7443 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7444 && b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
7446 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_std_terminate
,
7447 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7451 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7453 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7455 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7457 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7458 if (b
->type
== bp_std_terminate
)
7459 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7463 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7465 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7467 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
,
7468 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7470 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7471 /* location has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7472 b
->location
= new_address_location (b
->loc
->address
, NULL
, 0);
7474 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7479 struct lang_and_radix
7485 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7488 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7490 return create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
,
7491 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7494 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7497 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7499 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7501 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7502 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7503 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7504 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7508 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7510 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7512 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7513 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7514 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7515 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7518 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7521 remove_solib_event_breakpoints_at_next_stop (void)
7523 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7525 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7526 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7527 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7528 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7531 /* Helper for create_solib_event_breakpoint /
7532 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint. Allows specifying which
7533 INSERT_MODE to pass through to update_global_location_list. */
7535 static struct breakpoint
*
7536 create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
,
7537 enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
7539 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7541 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
,
7542 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7543 update_global_location_list_nothrow (insert_mode
);
7548 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7550 return create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7553 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7556 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7558 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7560 /* Explicitly tell update_global_location_list to insert
7562 b
= create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_INSERT
);
7563 if (!b
->loc
->inserted
)
7565 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7571 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7572 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7575 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7577 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7579 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7581 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7582 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7584 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7585 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7586 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7587 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7588 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7589 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
7590 || (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
7591 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7592 || (is_tracepoint (b
)))
7593 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
7594 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7595 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
7598 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7603 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7604 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7605 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7608 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
7610 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7611 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
7613 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7615 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7616 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7618 if (solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
7619 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7620 && (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7621 || b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7622 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7623 && (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7624 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
))
7625 || is_tracepoint (b
))
7626 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
7628 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7629 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7630 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7631 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7634 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7635 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
7637 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
7639 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
7640 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7641 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7644 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
7649 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7650 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7651 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7654 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
7656 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7658 if (objfile
== NULL
)
7661 /* OBJF_SHARED|OBJF_USERLOADED objfiles are dynamic modules manually
7662 managed by the user with add-symbol-file/remove-symbol-file.
7663 Similarly to how breakpoints in shared libraries are handled in
7664 response to "nosharedlibrary", mark breakpoints in such modules
7665 shlib_disabled so they end up uninserted on the next global
7666 location list update. Shared libraries not loaded by the user
7667 aren't handled here -- they're already handled in
7668 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib, called by solib.c's
7669 solib_unloaded observer. We skip objfiles that are not
7670 OBJF_SHARED as those aren't considered dynamic objects (e.g. the
7672 if ((objfile
->flags
& OBJF_SHARED
) == 0
7673 || (objfile
->flags
& OBJF_USERLOADED
) == 0)
7678 struct bp_location
*loc
;
7679 int bp_modified
= 0;
7681 if (!is_breakpoint (b
) && !is_tracepoint (b
))
7684 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
7686 CORE_ADDR loc_addr
= loc
->address
;
7688 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7689 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7692 if (loc
->shlib_disabled
!= 0)
7695 if (objfile
->pspace
!= loc
->pspace
)
7698 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7699 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7702 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr
, objfile
))
7704 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7705 /* At this point, we don't know whether the object was
7706 unmapped from the inferior or not, so leave the
7707 inserted flag alone. We'll handle failure to
7708 uninsert quietly, in case the object was indeed
7711 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7718 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
7722 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7724 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7725 catchpoint. A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points
7726 to CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7728 struct fork_catchpoint
: public breakpoint
7730 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7731 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7732 catchpoint has triggered. */
7733 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid
;
7736 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7740 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7742 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (inferior_ptid
.pid ());
7745 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7749 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
7751 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (inferior_ptid
.pid ());
7754 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7758 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7759 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7760 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7762 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7764 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED
)
7767 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7771 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7774 static enum print_stop_action
7775 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs
)
7777 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7778 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7779 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7781 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7782 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
7783 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7784 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
7786 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
7787 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
7789 uiout
->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK
));
7790 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7792 uiout
->field_signed ("bkptno", b
->number
);
7793 uiout
->text (" (forked process ");
7794 uiout
->field_signed ("newpid", c
->forked_inferior_pid
.pid ());
7795 uiout
->text ("), ");
7796 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7799 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7803 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7805 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7806 struct value_print_options opts
;
7807 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7809 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7811 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7812 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7814 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7815 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
7817 uiout
->text ("fork");
7818 if (c
->forked_inferior_pid
!= null_ptid
)
7820 uiout
->text (", process ");
7821 uiout
->field_signed ("what", c
->forked_inferior_pid
.pid ());
7825 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
7826 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", "fork");
7829 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7833 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7835 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
7838 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7842 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7844 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch fork");
7845 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
7848 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7850 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
7852 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7856 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7858 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (inferior_ptid
.pid ());
7861 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7865 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
7867 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (inferior_ptid
.pid ());
7870 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7874 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7875 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7876 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7878 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7880 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED
)
7883 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7887 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7890 static enum print_stop_action
7891 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs
)
7893 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7894 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7895 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7897 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7898 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
7899 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7900 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
7902 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
7903 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
7905 uiout
->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK
));
7906 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7908 uiout
->field_signed ("bkptno", b
->number
);
7909 uiout
->text (" (vforked process ");
7910 uiout
->field_signed ("newpid", c
->forked_inferior_pid
.pid ());
7911 uiout
->text ("), ");
7912 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7915 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7919 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7921 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7922 struct value_print_options opts
;
7923 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7925 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7926 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7927 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7929 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7930 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
7932 uiout
->text ("vfork");
7933 if (c
->forked_inferior_pid
!= null_ptid
)
7935 uiout
->text (", process ");
7936 uiout
->field_signed ("what", c
->forked_inferior_pid
.pid ());
7940 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
7941 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", "vfork");
7944 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7948 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7950 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
7953 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7957 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7959 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch vfork");
7960 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
7963 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
7965 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
7967 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
7968 A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7969 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7971 struct solib_catchpoint
: public breakpoint
7973 ~solib_catchpoint () override
;
7975 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
7978 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
7979 REGEX is non-NULL. */
7981 std::unique_ptr
<compiled_regex
> compiled
;
7984 solib_catchpoint::~solib_catchpoint ()
7986 xfree (this->regex
);
7990 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
7996 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
8002 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8003 const address_space
*aspace
,
8005 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8007 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8008 struct breakpoint
*other
;
8010 if (ws
->kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
8013 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other
)
8015 struct bp_location
*other_bl
;
8017 if (other
== bl
->owner
)
8020 if (other
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
)
8023 if (self
->pspace
!= NULL
&& other
->pspace
!= self
->pspace
)
8026 for (other_bl
= other
->loc
; other_bl
!= NULL
; other_bl
= other_bl
->next
)
8028 if (other
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (other_bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
8037 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats
*bs
)
8039 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
8040 = (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8044 for (so_list
*iter
: current_program_space
->added_solibs
)
8047 || self
->compiled
->exec (iter
->so_name
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
8053 for (const std::string
&iter
: current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
)
8056 || self
->compiled
->exec (iter
.c_str (), 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
8062 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
8065 static enum print_stop_action
8066 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs
)
8068 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8069 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8071 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8072 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
8073 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8074 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8076 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
8077 uiout
->field_signed ("bkptno", b
->number
);
8079 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8080 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8081 print_solib_event (1);
8082 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8086 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**locs
)
8088 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8089 struct value_print_options opts
;
8090 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8092 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8093 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8094 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8096 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8099 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
8107 msg
= string_printf (_("load of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8109 msg
= _("load of library");
8114 msg
= string_printf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8116 msg
= _("unload of library");
8118 uiout
->field_string ("what", msg
);
8120 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8121 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8125 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8127 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8129 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b
->number
,
8130 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8134 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8136 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8138 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "%s %s",
8139 b
->disposition
== disp_del
? "tcatch" : "catch",
8140 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8142 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->regex
);
8143 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
8146 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
8148 /* See breakpoint.h. */
8151 add_solib_catchpoint (const char *arg
, bool is_load
, bool is_temp
, bool enabled
)
8153 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8157 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
8159 std::unique_ptr
<solib_catchpoint
> c (new solib_catchpoint ());
8163 c
->compiled
.reset (new compiled_regex (arg
, REG_NOSUB
,
8164 _("Invalid regexp")));
8165 c
->regex
= xstrdup (arg
);
8168 c
->is_load
= is_load
;
8169 init_catchpoint (c
.get (), gdbarch
, is_temp
, NULL
,
8170 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
);
8172 c
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8174 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c
), 1);
8177 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
8181 catch_load_or_unload (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, int is_load
,
8182 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8184 const int enabled
= 1;
8185 bool temp
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
8187 add_solib_catchpoint (arg
, is_load
, temp
, enabled
);
8191 catch_load_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8192 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8194 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 1, command
);
8198 catch_unload_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8199 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8201 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 0, command
);
8204 /* See breakpoint.h. */
8207 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8208 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, bool temp
,
8209 const char *cond_string
,
8210 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8212 symtab_and_line sal
;
8213 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
8215 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
, ops
);
8217 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
8218 b
->disposition
= temp
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
8222 install_breakpoint (int internal
, std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> &&arg
, int update_gll
)
8224 breakpoint
*b
= add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (arg
));
8225 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
8226 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
8227 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
8230 gdb::observers::breakpoint_created
.notify (b
);
8233 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8237 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8238 bool temp
, const char *cond_string
,
8239 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8241 std::unique_ptr
<fork_catchpoint
> c (new fork_catchpoint ());
8243 init_catchpoint (c
.get (), gdbarch
, temp
, cond_string
, ops
);
8245 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
8247 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c
), 1);
8250 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8252 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8253 A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8254 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8256 struct exec_catchpoint
: public breakpoint
8258 ~exec_catchpoint () override
;
8260 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8261 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8263 char *exec_pathname
;
8266 /* Exec catchpoint destructor. */
8268 exec_catchpoint::~exec_catchpoint ()
8270 xfree (this->exec_pathname
);
8274 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8276 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (inferior_ptid
.pid ());
8280 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
8282 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (inferior_ptid
.pid ());
8286 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8287 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8288 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8290 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8292 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD
)
8295 c
->exec_pathname
= xstrdup (ws
->value
.execd_pathname
);
8299 static enum print_stop_action
8300 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs
)
8302 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8303 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8304 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8306 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8307 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
8308 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8309 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8311 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
8312 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8314 uiout
->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC
));
8315 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8317 uiout
->field_signed ("bkptno", b
->number
);
8318 uiout
->text (" (exec'd ");
8319 uiout
->field_string ("new-exec", c
->exec_pathname
);
8320 uiout
->text ("), ");
8322 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8326 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8328 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8329 struct value_print_options opts
;
8330 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8332 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8334 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8335 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8336 is relatively readable). */
8337 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8338 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
8340 uiout
->text ("exec");
8341 if (c
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
8343 uiout
->text (", program \"");
8344 uiout
->field_string ("what", c
->exec_pathname
);
8345 uiout
->text ("\" ");
8348 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8349 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", "exec");
8353 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8355 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
8358 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8362 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8364 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch exec");
8365 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8368 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
8371 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8374 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8375 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8379 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8380 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8382 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8384 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8391 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8395 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8398 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8400 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8403 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8405 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8407 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8413 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8414 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8415 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8416 types _not_ TYPE. */
8419 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
8420 enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
8423 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8425 *other_type_used
= 0;
8430 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8433 if (b
->type
== type
)
8434 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
8435 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
8436 *other_type_used
= 1;
8443 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8445 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8449 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8451 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
8452 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8458 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8460 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8464 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
8466 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8467 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8473 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8475 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
8476 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8480 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8482 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
8483 breakpoint_re_set ();
8486 /* Create a new single-step breakpoint for thread THREAD, with no
8489 static struct breakpoint
*
8490 new_single_step_breakpoint (int thread
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
8492 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b (new breakpoint ());
8494 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
.get (), gdbarch
, bp_single_step
,
8495 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8497 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8498 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
8501 gdb_assert (b
->thread
!= 0);
8503 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b
));
8506 /* Set a momentary breakpoint of type TYPE at address specified by
8507 SAL. If FRAME_ID is valid, the breakpoint is restricted to that
8511 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
8512 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
8514 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8516 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8518 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id
));
8520 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8521 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8522 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8523 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
8525 b
->thread
= inferior_thread ()->global_num
;
8527 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8529 return breakpoint_up (b
);
8532 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8533 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, use OPS as its
8534 breakpoint_ops, and will set enabled to LOC_ENABLED. */
8536 static struct breakpoint
*
8537 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
8539 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
8542 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
8544 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, type
, ops
);
8545 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
8546 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
);
8548 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
8549 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
8550 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
8551 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
8552 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
8553 copy
->loc
->probe
= orig
->loc
->probe
;
8554 copy
->loc
->line_number
= orig
->loc
->line_number
;
8555 copy
->loc
->symtab
= orig
->loc
->symtab
;
8556 copy
->loc
->enabled
= loc_enabled
;
8557 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
8558 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
8559 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
8561 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8562 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8563 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
8565 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8569 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8573 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
8575 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8579 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig
, orig
->type
, orig
->ops
, 0);
8583 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
8586 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8588 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
8590 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
8591 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
8593 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
8597 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8600 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8602 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
8603 current_uiout
->text ("\n");
8607 static bool bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
);
8609 /* Handle "set breakpoint auto-hw on".
8611 If the explicitly specified breakpoint type is not hardware
8612 breakpoint, check the memory map to see whether the breakpoint
8613 address is in read-only memory.
8615 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory is read-only.
8616 We change the type of the location to hardware breakpoint.
8618 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is read-write. This
8619 means we've previously made the location hardware one, but then the
8620 memory map changed, so we undo.
8624 handle_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (bp_location
*bl
)
8626 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
8627 && bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
8628 && (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
8629 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
))
8631 /* When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
8632 location types we've just set here, the only possible problem
8633 is that memory map has changed during running program, but
8634 it's not going to work anyway with current gdb. */
8635 mem_region
*mr
= lookup_mem_region (bl
->address
);
8639 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
8641 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
8642 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
8644 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
8646 if (new_type
!= bl
->loc_type
)
8648 static bool said
= false;
8650 bl
->loc_type
= new_type
;
8653 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
,
8654 _("Note: automatically using "
8655 "hardware breakpoints for "
8656 "read-only addresses.\n"));
8664 static struct bp_location
*
8665 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8666 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
8668 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
8669 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
8670 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
8672 if (loc_gdbarch
== NULL
)
8673 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
8675 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8676 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8677 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8678 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8679 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8680 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8681 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
,
8684 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
8685 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
8686 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
&& (*tmp
)->address
<= adjusted_address
;
8687 tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
8692 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
8693 loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
8694 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
8695 loc
->probe
.prob
= sal
->prob
;
8696 loc
->probe
.objfile
= sal
->objfile
;
8697 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
8698 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
8699 loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
8700 loc
->line_number
= sal
->line
;
8701 loc
->symtab
= sal
->symtab
;
8702 loc
->symbol
= sal
->symbol
;
8703 loc
->msymbol
= sal
->msymbol
;
8704 loc
->objfile
= sal
->objfile
;
8706 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
);
8708 /* While by definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
8709 code, we don't mark the location as inserted. Normally one would expect
8710 that GDB could rely on that breakpoint instruction to stop the program,
8711 thus removing the need to insert its own breakpoint, except that executing
8712 the breakpoint instruction can kill the target instead of reporting a
8713 SIGTRAP. E.g., on SPARC, when interrupts are disabled, executing the
8714 instruction resets the CPU, so QEMU 2.0.0 for SPARC correspondingly dies
8715 with "Trap 0x02 while interrupts disabled, Error state". Letting the
8716 breakpoint be inserted normally results in QEMU knowing about the GDB
8717 breakpoint, and thus trap before the breakpoint instruction is executed.
8718 (If GDB later needs to continue execution past the permanent breakpoint,
8719 it manually increments the PC, thus avoiding executing the breakpoint
8721 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
8728 /* Return true if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
8729 return false otherwise. */
8732 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
8734 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
8736 /* If we have a non-breakpoint-backed catchpoint or a software
8737 watchpoint, just return 0. We should not attempt to read from
8738 the addresses the locations of these breakpoint types point to.
8739 gdbarch_program_breakpoint_here_p, below, will attempt to read
8741 if (!bl_address_is_meaningful (loc
))
8744 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
8745 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
8746 return gdbarch_program_breakpoint_here_p (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
8749 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
8750 settings of the dprintf style options. */
8753 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8755 char *dprintf_args
= b
->extra_string
;
8756 char *printf_line
= NULL
;
8761 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
8763 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
8765 if (*dprintf_args
== ',')
8767 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
8769 if (*dprintf_args
!= '"')
8770 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
8772 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_gdb
) == 0)
8773 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8774 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_call
) == 0)
8776 if (!dprintf_function
)
8777 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
8779 if (dprintf_channel
&& strlen (dprintf_channel
) > 0)
8780 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
8785 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
8789 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) == 0)
8791 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
8792 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8795 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
8796 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8800 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
8801 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
8803 gdb_assert (printf_line
!= NULL
);
8805 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
8806 struct command_line
*printf_cmd_line
8807 = new struct command_line (simple_control
, printf_line
);
8808 breakpoint_set_commands (b
, counted_command_line (printf_cmd_line
,
8809 command_lines_deleter ()));
8812 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
8813 current style settings. */
8816 update_dprintf_commands (const char *args
, int from_tty
,
8817 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
8819 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8823 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
8824 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
8828 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use LOCATION
8829 as a description of the location, and COND_STRING
8830 as condition expression. If LOCATION is NULL then create an
8831 "address location" from the address in the SAL. */
8834 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8835 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
,
8836 event_location_up
&&location
,
8837 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> filter
,
8838 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
8839 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
8840 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
8841 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
8842 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
8843 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
8844 int display_canonical
)
8848 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
8850 int target_resources_ok
;
8852 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
8853 target_resources_ok
=
8854 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
8856 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
8857 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
8858 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
8859 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
8862 gdb_assert (!sals
.empty ());
8864 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
8866 struct bp_location
*loc
;
8870 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
8872 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
8874 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
8875 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
8878 if (&sal
== &sals
[0])
8880 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
8884 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
.release ();
8885 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
.release ();
8886 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
8887 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8888 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
8890 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
8891 b
->loc
->inserted
= 1;
8893 if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
8895 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
8896 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
8898 if (strace_marker_p (b
))
8900 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
8901 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
8903 = &event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ())[3];
8906 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
8908 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
8910 t
->static_trace_marker_id
.assign (p
, endp
- p
);
8912 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
8914 t
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
8916 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal
.pc
, &marker
))
8918 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= std::move (marker
.str_id
);
8920 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
8922 t
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
8925 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
8926 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
8933 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
8934 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
8938 /* Do not set breakpoint locations conditions yet. As locations
8939 are inserted, they get sorted based on their addresses. Let
8940 the list stabilize to have reliable location numbers. */
8942 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
8943 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
8944 if (type
== bp_dprintf
)
8946 if (b
->extra_string
)
8947 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
8949 error (_("Format string required"));
8951 else if (b
->extra_string
)
8952 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b
->extra_string
);
8956 /* The order of the locations is now stable. Set the location
8957 condition using the location's number. */
8959 for (bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= nullptr; loc
= loc
->next
)
8961 if (b
->cond_string
!= nullptr)
8962 set_breakpoint_location_condition (b
->cond_string
, loc
, b
->number
,
8968 b
->display_canonical
= display_canonical
;
8969 if (location
!= NULL
)
8970 b
->location
= std::move (location
);
8972 b
->location
= new_address_location (b
->loc
->address
, NULL
, 0);
8973 b
->filter
= std::move (filter
);
8977 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8978 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
,
8979 event_location_up
&&location
,
8980 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> filter
,
8981 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
8982 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
8983 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
8984 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
8985 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
8986 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
8987 int display_canonical
)
8989 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (type
);
8991 init_breakpoint_sal (b
.get (), gdbarch
,
8992 sals
, std::move (location
),
8994 std::move (cond_string
),
8995 std::move (extra_string
),
8997 thread
, task
, ignore_count
,
8999 enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9002 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (b
), 0);
9005 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9006 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9007 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9008 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9009 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9010 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9011 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9012 we take just a single condition string.
9014 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9015 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9016 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9017 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9018 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9021 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9022 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
9023 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
9024 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
9025 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9026 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9027 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9028 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
)
9030 if (canonical
->pre_expanded
)
9031 gdb_assert (canonical
->lsals
.size () == 1);
9033 for (const auto &lsal
: canonical
->lsals
)
9035 /* Note that 'location' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9036 'break', without arguments. */
9037 event_location_up location
9038 = (canonical
->location
!= NULL
9039 ? copy_event_location (canonical
->location
.get ()) : NULL
);
9040 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> filter_string
9041 (lsal
.canonical
!= NULL
? xstrdup (lsal
.canonical
) : NULL
);
9043 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, lsal
.sals
,
9044 std::move (location
),
9045 std::move (filter_string
),
9046 std::move (cond_string
),
9047 std::move (extra_string
),
9049 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9050 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9051 canonical
->special_display
);
9055 /* Parse LOCATION which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9056 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9057 addresses found. LOCATION points to the end of the SAL (for
9058 linespec locations).
9060 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9061 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9064 parse_breakpoint_sals (struct event_location
*location
,
9065 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
9067 struct symtab_and_line cursal
;
9069 if (event_location_type (location
) == LINESPEC_LOCATION
)
9071 const char *spec
= get_linespec_location (location
)->spec_string
;
9075 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default
9076 breakpoint address. */
9077 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9079 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9080 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9081 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9082 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9083 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9084 symtab_and_line sal
= get_last_displayed_sal ();
9085 CORE_ADDR pc
= sal
.pc
;
9087 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
9089 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9090 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9091 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9092 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9093 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9095 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
9097 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9099 lsal
.canonical
= NULL
;
9101 canonical
->lsals
.push_back (std::move (lsal
));
9105 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9109 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9110 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9111 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9112 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9114 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9115 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9116 cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9117 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9119 const char *spec
= NULL
;
9121 if (event_location_type (location
) == LINESPEC_LOCATION
)
9122 spec
= get_linespec_location (location
)->spec_string
;
9126 && strchr ("+-", spec
[0]) != NULL
9129 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
9130 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9131 get_last_displayed_line (),
9132 canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9137 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
9138 cursal
.symtab
, cursal
.line
, canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9142 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9143 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9146 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> &sals
)
9148 for (auto &sal
: sals
)
9149 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
9152 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9153 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9154 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9155 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9156 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9160 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9161 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
)
9163 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
9165 struct gdbarch
*sarch
;
9167 sarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
9168 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9169 associated with SAL. */
9173 if (!gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch
, sal
.pc
, &msg
))
9174 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at %s%s"),
9175 paddress (sarch
, sal
.pc
), msg
.c_str ());
9179 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9180 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9181 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9182 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9183 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9184 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9187 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
9188 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
,
9191 *cond_string
= NULL
;
9199 const char *end_tok
;
9201 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
9202 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
9204 tok
= skip_spaces (tok
);
9206 if ((*tok
== '"' || *tok
== ',') && rest
)
9208 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9212 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
9214 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
9216 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
9218 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
9221 parse_exp_1 (&tok
, pc
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
9223 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&)
9228 tok
= tok
+ strlen (tok
);
9231 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
9233 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "-force-condition", toklen
) == 0)
9238 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
9241 struct thread_info
*thr
;
9244 thr
= parse_thread_id (tok
, &tmptok
);
9246 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9247 *thread
= thr
->global_num
;
9250 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
9255 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
9257 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9258 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
9259 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
9264 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9268 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9272 /* Call 'find_condition_and_thread' for each sal in SALS until a parse
9273 succeeds. The parsed values are written to COND_STRING, THREAD,
9274 TASK, and REST. See the comment of 'find_condition_and_thread'
9275 for the description of these parameters and INPUT. */
9278 find_condition_and_thread_for_sals (const std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> &sals
,
9279 const char *input
, char **cond_string
,
9280 int *thread
, int *task
, char **rest
)
9282 int num_failures
= 0;
9283 for (auto &sal
: sals
)
9285 char *cond
= nullptr;
9288 char *remaining
= nullptr;
9290 /* Here we want to parse 'arg' to separate condition from thread
9291 number. But because parsing happens in a context and the
9292 contexts of sals might be different, try each until there is
9293 success. Finding one successful parse is sufficient for our
9294 goal. When setting the breakpoint we'll re-parse the
9295 condition in the context of each sal. */
9298 find_condition_and_thread (input
, sal
.pc
, &cond
, &thread_id
,
9299 &task_id
, &remaining
);
9300 *cond_string
= cond
;
9301 *thread
= thread_id
;
9306 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&e
)
9309 /* If no sal remains, do not continue. */
9310 if (num_failures
== sals
.size ())
9316 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9318 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
9319 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (const char **arg_p
)
9321 const char *p
= &(*arg_p
)[3];
9324 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
9326 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
9328 std::string
marker_str (p
, endp
- p
);
9330 std::vector
<static_tracepoint_marker
> markers
9331 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str
.c_str ());
9332 if (markers
.empty ())
9333 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"),
9334 marker_str
.c_str ());
9336 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
;
9337 sals
.reserve (markers
.size ());
9339 for (const static_tracepoint_marker
&marker
: markers
)
9341 symtab_and_line sal
= find_pc_line (marker
.address
, 0);
9342 sal
.pc
= marker
.address
;
9343 sals
.push_back (sal
);
9350 /* Returns the breakpoint ops appropriate for use with with LOCATION_TYPE and
9351 according to IS_TRACEPOINT. */
9353 static const struct breakpoint_ops
*
9354 breakpoint_ops_for_event_location_type (enum event_location_type location_type
,
9359 if (location_type
== PROBE_LOCATION
)
9360 return &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
9362 return &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
9366 if (location_type
== PROBE_LOCATION
)
9367 return &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
9369 return &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
9373 /* See breakpoint.h. */
9375 const struct breakpoint_ops
*
9376 breakpoint_ops_for_event_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
9379 if (location
!= nullptr)
9380 return breakpoint_ops_for_event_location_type
9381 (event_location_type (location
), is_tracepoint
);
9382 return is_tracepoint
? &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
: &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
9385 /* See breakpoint.h. */
9388 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9389 struct event_location
*location
,
9390 const char *cond_string
,
9391 int thread
, const char *extra_string
,
9393 int tempflag
, enum bptype type_wanted
,
9395 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
9396 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
9397 int from_tty
, int enabled
, int internal
,
9400 struct linespec_result canonical
;
9403 int prev_bkpt_count
= breakpoint_count
;
9405 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
9407 /* If extra_string isn't useful, set it to NULL. */
9408 if (extra_string
!= NULL
&& *extra_string
== '\0')
9409 extra_string
= NULL
;
9413 ops
->create_sals_from_location (location
, &canonical
, type_wanted
);
9415 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&e
)
9417 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set
9419 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
9421 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9424 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
9427 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
9429 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9430 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9431 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9432 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9433 bptype_string (type_wanted
)))
9436 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9437 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9438 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9439 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9446 if (!pending
&& canonical
.lsals
.empty ())
9449 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9450 are ok for the target. */
9453 for (auto &lsal
: canonical
.lsals
)
9454 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (lsal
.sals
);
9457 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9458 if (!pending
&& type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
9460 for (const auto &lsal
: canonical
.lsals
)
9461 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, lsal
.sals
);
9464 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9465 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9469 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string_copy
;
9470 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string_copy
;
9477 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
.lsals
[0];
9479 find_condition_and_thread_for_sals (lsal
.sals
, extra_string
,
9480 &cond
, &thread
, &task
, &rest
);
9481 cond_string_copy
.reset (cond
);
9482 extra_string_copy
.reset (rest
);
9486 if (type_wanted
!= bp_dprintf
9487 && extra_string
!= NULL
&& *extra_string
!= '\0')
9488 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), extra_string
);
9490 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9492 cond_string_copy
.reset (xstrdup (cond_string
));
9493 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9495 extra_string_copy
.reset (xstrdup (extra_string
));
9498 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, &canonical
,
9499 std::move (cond_string_copy
),
9500 std::move (extra_string_copy
),
9502 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
9503 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9504 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
);
9508 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (type_wanted
);
9510 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
.get (), gdbarch
, type_wanted
, ops
);
9511 b
->location
= copy_event_location (location
);
9514 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
9517 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9518 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
!= NULL
? xstrdup (cond_string
) : NULL
;
9522 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9523 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
!= NULL
? xstrdup (extra_string
) : NULL
;
9524 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9525 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
9526 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
9527 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9528 if ((type_wanted
!= bp_breakpoint
9529 && type_wanted
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
) || thread
!= -1)
9530 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
9532 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (b
), 0);
9535 if (canonical
.lsals
.size () > 1)
9537 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9538 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9539 prev_breakpoint_count
= prev_bkpt_count
;
9542 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
9547 /* Set a breakpoint.
9548 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9549 condition, and thread.
9550 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9551 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9555 break_command_1 (const char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
9557 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
9558 enum bptype type_wanted
= (flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9559 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9562 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
9563 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
= breakpoint_ops_for_event_location
9564 (location
.get (), false /* is_tracepoint */);
9566 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9568 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9569 tempflag
, type_wanted
,
9570 0 /* Ignore count */,
9571 pending_break_support
,
9579 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9582 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
9586 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9588 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
9589 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9590 sal
->line
, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal
->symtab
));
9593 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9594 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9595 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
9596 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
9599 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9601 const struct blockvector
*bv
;
9602 const struct block
*b
;
9605 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
,
9606 SYMTAB_COMPUNIT (sal
->symtab
));
9609 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
9612 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
->symtab
));
9613 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
->symtab
),
9618 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9619 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9620 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9621 happen in assembly source). */
9623 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
9624 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
9626 bound_minimal_symbol msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
9628 sal
->section
= MSYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
.objfile
, msym
.minsym
);
9635 break_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9637 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9641 tbreak_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9643 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
9647 hbreak_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9649 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
9653 thbreak_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9655 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
9659 stop_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9661 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9662 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9663 stop at <line>\n"));
9667 stopin_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9673 else if (*arg
!= '*')
9675 const char *argptr
= arg
;
9678 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9679 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9680 function/method name. */
9681 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9683 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9688 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
9690 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
9694 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
9696 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9700 stopat_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9704 if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
9708 const char *argptr
= arg
;
9711 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
9712 it is probably a line number. */
9713 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9715 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9720 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
9722 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
9726 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at LINE\n"));
9728 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9731 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
9732 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
9733 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
9737 dprintf_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9739 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
9741 /* If non-NULL, ARG should have been advanced past the location;
9742 the next character must be ','. */
9745 if (arg
[0] != ',' || arg
[1] == '\0')
9746 error (_("Format string required"));
9749 /* Skip the comma. */
9754 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9756 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9758 0 /* Ignore count */,
9759 pending_break_support
,
9760 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
,
9768 agent_printf_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9770 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
9773 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
9774 ranged breakpoints. */
9777 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
9778 const address_space
*aspace
,
9780 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
9782 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
9783 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
9786 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
9787 bl
->length
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
9790 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9791 ranged breakpoints. */
9794 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
9796 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9799 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
9800 ranged breakpoints. */
9802 static enum print_stop_action
9803 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs
)
9805 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
9806 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9807 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9809 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
9811 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9812 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
9814 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
9816 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
9818 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
9819 uiout
->text ("Temporary ranged breakpoint ");
9821 uiout
->text ("Ranged breakpoint ");
9822 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
9824 uiout
->field_string ("reason",
9825 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
9826 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
9828 uiout
->field_signed ("bkptno", b
->number
);
9831 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
9834 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
9835 ranged breakpoints. */
9838 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
9839 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
9841 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9842 struct value_print_options opts
;
9843 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9845 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9846 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
9848 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
9850 if (opts
.addressprint
)
9851 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
9852 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
9853 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
9855 print_breakpoint_location (b
, bl
);
9859 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
9860 ranged breakpoints. */
9863 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
9864 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
9866 CORE_ADDR address_start
, address_end
;
9867 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9872 address_start
= bl
->address
;
9873 address_end
= address_start
+ bl
->length
- 1;
9875 uiout
->text ("\taddress range: ");
9876 stb
.printf ("[%s, %s]",
9877 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_start
),
9878 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_end
));
9879 uiout
->field_stream ("addr", stb
);
9883 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
9884 ranged breakpoints. */
9887 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9889 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9890 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9893 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
9895 uiout
->message (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
9896 b
->number
, paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
9897 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
+ bl
->length
- 1));
9900 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
9901 ranged breakpoints. */
9904 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
9906 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break-range %s, %s",
9907 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()),
9908 event_location_to_string (b
->location_range_end
.get ()));
9909 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
9912 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
9914 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
9916 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
9917 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
9918 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
9919 last instruction of the given line. */
9922 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
9926 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
9927 find the address of the end of the given location. */
9928 if (sal
.explicit_pc
)
9935 ret
= find_line_pc_range (sal
, &start
, &end
);
9937 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
9939 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
9946 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
9949 break_range_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9951 const char *arg_start
;
9952 struct linespec_result canonical_start
, canonical_end
;
9953 int bp_count
, can_use_bp
, length
;
9955 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9957 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
9958 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
9959 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
9961 bp_count
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9962 bp_count
+= target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9963 can_use_bp
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
9966 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9968 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9969 if (arg
== NULL
|| arg
[0] == '\0')
9970 error(_("No address range specified."));
9973 event_location_up start_location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
9975 parse_breakpoint_sals (start_location
.get (), &canonical_start
);
9978 error (_("Too few arguments."));
9979 else if (canonical_start
.lsals
.empty ())
9980 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
9982 const linespec_sals
&lsal_start
= canonical_start
.lsals
[0];
9984 if (canonical_start
.lsals
.size () > 1
9985 || lsal_start
.sals
.size () != 1)
9986 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
9988 const symtab_and_line
&sal_start
= lsal_start
.sals
[0];
9989 std::string
addr_string_start (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
9991 arg
++; /* Skip the comma. */
9992 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9994 /* Parse the end location. */
9998 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
9999 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10000 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10001 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10002 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10003 event_location_up end_location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
10005 decode_line_full (end_location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
10006 sal_start
.symtab
, sal_start
.line
,
10007 &canonical_end
, NULL
, NULL
);
10009 if (canonical_end
.lsals
.empty ())
10010 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10012 const linespec_sals
&lsal_end
= canonical_end
.lsals
[0];
10013 if (canonical_end
.lsals
.size () > 1
10014 || lsal_end
.sals
.size () != 1)
10015 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10017 const symtab_and_line
&sal_end
= lsal_end
.sals
[0];
10019 end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end
);
10020 if (sal_start
.pc
> end
)
10021 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10023 length
= end
- sal_start
.pc
+ 1;
10025 /* Length overflowed. */
10026 error (_("Address range too large."));
10027 else if (length
== 1)
10029 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10030 the `hbreak' command. */
10031 hbreak_command (&addr_string_start
[0], 1);
10036 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10037 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start
,
10038 bp_hardware_breakpoint
, &ranged_breakpoint_ops
);
10039 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
10040 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
10041 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
10042 b
->location
= std::move (start_location
);
10043 b
->location_range_end
= std::move (end_location
);
10044 b
->loc
->length
= length
;
10047 gdb::observers::breakpoint_created
.notify (b
);
10048 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
10051 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10052 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10053 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10057 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression
*exp
)
10059 int i
= exp
->nelts
;
10065 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10066 operator_length (exp
, i
, &oplenp
, &argsp
);
10069 switch (exp
->elts
[i
].opcode
)
10079 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND
:
10080 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR
:
10081 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND
:
10082 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
:
10083 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
:
10085 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL
:
10111 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING
:
10114 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
:
10115 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT
:
10120 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE
:
10121 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST
:
10122 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST
:
10123 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10124 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10125 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10126 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10128 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10129 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10134 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10136 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10137 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10138 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10139 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10141 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10142 are always constant. */
10144 struct symbol
*s
= exp
->elts
[i
+ 2].symbol
;
10146 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_BLOCK
10147 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST
10148 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST_BYTES
)
10153 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10154 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10155 then it is not a constant. */
10164 /* Watchpoint destructor. */
10166 watchpoint::~watchpoint ()
10168 xfree (this->exp_string
);
10169 xfree (this->exp_string_reparse
);
10172 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10175 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10177 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10179 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10180 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10182 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10183 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10184 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10185 are loaded and unloaded.
10187 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10188 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10189 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10190 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10191 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10192 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10194 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10195 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10196 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10197 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10199 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10200 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10202 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10203 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10204 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
10207 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10210 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10212 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10213 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10215 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10216 w
->cond_exp
.get ());
10219 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10222 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
10224 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10225 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10227 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10228 w
->cond_exp
.get ());
10232 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10233 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
10234 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10236 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
10237 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10239 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10240 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10241 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10242 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10243 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10244 (did not match the data address). */
10245 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
10246 && w
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
10253 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10255 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
));
10257 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
10260 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10261 hardware watchpoints. */
10264 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10266 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10267 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10269 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
);
10272 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10273 hardware watchpoints. */
10276 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10278 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10279 return b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10282 static enum print_stop_action
10283 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10285 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10286 enum print_stop_action result
;
10287 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10288 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10290 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
10292 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10293 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10295 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10296 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
10300 gdb::optional
<ui_out_emit_tuple
> tuple_emitter
;
10303 case bp_watchpoint
:
10304 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10305 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10306 uiout
->field_string
10307 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10309 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
10310 uiout
->text ("\nOld value = ");
10311 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
.get (), &stb
);
10312 uiout
->field_stream ("old", stb
);
10313 uiout
->text ("\nNew value = ");
10314 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
.get (), &stb
);
10315 uiout
->field_stream ("new", stb
);
10316 uiout
->text ("\n");
10317 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10318 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10321 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10322 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10323 uiout
->field_string
10324 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10326 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
10327 uiout
->text ("\nValue = ");
10328 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
.get (), &stb
);
10329 uiout
->field_stream ("value", stb
);
10330 uiout
->text ("\n");
10331 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10334 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10335 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
10337 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10338 uiout
->field_string
10340 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10342 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
10343 uiout
->text ("\nOld value = ");
10344 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
.get (), &stb
);
10345 uiout
->field_stream ("old", stb
);
10346 uiout
->text ("\nNew value = ");
10351 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10352 uiout
->field_string
10354 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10355 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
10356 uiout
->text ("\nValue = ");
10358 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
.get (), &stb
);
10359 uiout
->field_stream ("new", stb
);
10360 uiout
->text ("\n");
10361 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10364 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10370 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10374 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10376 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10377 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10378 const char *tuple_name
;
10382 case bp_watchpoint
:
10383 uiout
->text ("Watchpoint ");
10384 tuple_name
= "wpt";
10386 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10387 uiout
->text ("Hardware watchpoint ");
10388 tuple_name
= "wpt";
10390 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10391 uiout
->text ("Hardware read watchpoint ");
10392 tuple_name
= "hw-rwpt";
10394 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10395 uiout
->text ("Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10396 tuple_name
= "hw-awpt";
10399 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10400 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10403 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, tuple_name
);
10404 uiout
->field_signed ("number", b
->number
);
10405 uiout
->text (": ");
10406 uiout
->field_string ("exp", w
->exp_string
);
10409 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10413 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10415 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10419 case bp_watchpoint
:
10420 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10421 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10423 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10424 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10426 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10427 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10430 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10431 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10434 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", w
->exp_string
);
10435 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10438 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
10442 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
10444 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
10445 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
10446 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
10452 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10454 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10456 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10457 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10460 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10462 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10464 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10465 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10468 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10469 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10472 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
10474 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10476 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10477 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10480 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10481 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10484 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10486 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10488 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10491 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10492 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10495 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10500 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10501 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10503 static enum print_stop_action
10504 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10506 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10507 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10509 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10510 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10512 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10513 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
10517 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10518 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10519 uiout
->field_string
10520 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10523 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10524 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10525 uiout
->field_string
10526 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10529 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10530 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10531 uiout
->field_string
10533 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10536 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10537 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10541 uiout
->text (_("\n\
10542 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10543 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10544 uiout
->text ("\n");
10546 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10547 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10550 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10551 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10554 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10555 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10557 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10559 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10560 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10562 uiout
->text ("\tmask ");
10563 uiout
->field_core_addr ("mask", b
->loc
->gdbarch
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10564 uiout
->text ("\n");
10567 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10568 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10571 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10573 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10574 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10575 const char *tuple_name
;
10579 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10580 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10581 tuple_name
= "wpt";
10583 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10584 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10585 tuple_name
= "hw-rwpt";
10587 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10588 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10589 tuple_name
= "hw-awpt";
10592 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10593 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10596 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, tuple_name
);
10597 uiout
->field_signed ("number", b
->number
);
10598 uiout
->text (": ");
10599 uiout
->field_string ("exp", w
->exp_string
);
10602 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10603 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10606 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10608 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10612 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10613 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10615 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10616 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10618 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10619 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10622 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10623 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10626 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s mask 0x%s", w
->exp_string
,
10627 phex (w
->hw_wp_mask
, sizeof (CORE_ADDR
)));
10628 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10631 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10633 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10635 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10638 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10640 return b
->ops
== &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10643 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10644 hw_read: watch read,
10645 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10647 watch_command_1 (const char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
,
10648 bool just_location
, bool internal
)
10650 struct breakpoint
*scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
10651 const struct block
*exp_valid_block
= NULL
, *cond_exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10652 struct value
*result
;
10653 int saved_bitpos
= 0, saved_bitsize
= 0;
10654 const char *exp_start
= NULL
;
10655 const char *exp_end
= NULL
;
10656 const char *tok
, *end_tok
;
10658 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
10659 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
10660 enum bptype bp_type
;
10663 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
10664 the hardware watchpoint. */
10665 bool use_mask
= false;
10666 CORE_ADDR mask
= 0;
10668 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
10669 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
10671 const char *value_start
;
10673 exp_end
= arg
+ strlen (arg
);
10675 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
10676 of the arguments string. */
10677 for (tok
= exp_end
- 1; tok
> arg
; tok
--)
10679 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
10680 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10683 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
10684 This is the value of the parameter. */
10685 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10687 value_start
= tok
+ 1;
10689 /* Skip whitespace. */
10690 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10695 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
10696 This is the parameter itself. */
10697 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10700 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
+ 1;
10702 if (toklen
== 6 && startswith (tok
, "thread"))
10704 struct thread_info
*thr
;
10705 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
10706 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
10707 only in a specific thread. */
10711 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
10713 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
10714 thr
= parse_thread_id (value_start
, &endp
);
10716 /* Check if the user provided a valid thread ID. */
10717 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
10718 invalid_thread_id_error (value_start
);
10720 thread
= thr
->global_num
;
10722 else if (toklen
== 4 && startswith (tok
, "mask"))
10724 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
10725 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
10727 struct value
*mask_value
, *mark
;
10730 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
10732 use_mask
= just_location
= true;
10734 mark
= value_mark ();
10735 mask_value
= parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start
);
10736 mask
= value_as_address (mask_value
);
10737 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10740 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
10743 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
10744 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
10751 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
10752 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
10754 std::string
expression (arg
, exp_end
- arg
);
10755 exp_start
= arg
= expression
.c_str ();
10756 innermost_block_tracker tracker
;
10757 expression_up exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0, &tracker
);
10759 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
10760 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
10762 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
10765 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
10766 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp
.get ()))
10770 len
= exp_end
- exp_start
;
10771 while (len
> 0 && isspace (exp_start
[len
- 1]))
10773 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len
, exp_start
);
10776 exp_valid_block
= tracker
.block ();
10777 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
10778 struct value
*val_as_value
= nullptr;
10779 fetch_subexp_value (exp
.get (), &pc
, &val_as_value
, &result
, NULL
,
10782 if (val_as_value
!= NULL
&& just_location
)
10784 saved_bitpos
= value_bitpos (val_as_value
);
10785 saved_bitsize
= value_bitsize (val_as_value
);
10793 exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10794 val
= release_value (value_addr (result
));
10795 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10799 ret
= target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val
.get ()),
10802 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
10803 else if (ret
== -2)
10804 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
10807 else if (val_as_value
!= NULL
)
10808 val
= release_value (val_as_value
);
10810 tok
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10811 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
10813 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
10814 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
10816 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
10817 innermost_block_tracker if_tracker
;
10818 parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0, 0, &if_tracker
);
10820 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
10821 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
10822 cond_exp_valid_block
= if_tracker
.block ();
10827 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
10829 frame_info
*wp_frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
10831 /* Save this because create_internal_breakpoint below invalidates
10833 frame_id watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (wp_frame
);
10835 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
10836 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
10837 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
10838 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
10839 if (exp_valid_block
!= NULL
&& wp_frame
!= NULL
)
10841 frame_id caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (wp_frame
);
10843 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
10845 gdbarch
*caller_arch
= frame_unwind_caller_arch (wp_frame
);
10846 CORE_ADDR caller_pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (wp_frame
);
10849 = create_internal_breakpoint (caller_arch
, caller_pc
,
10850 bp_watchpoint_scope
,
10851 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
10853 /* create_internal_breakpoint could invalidate WP_FRAME. */
10856 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
10858 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
10859 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
10861 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
10862 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= caller_frame_id
;
10864 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
10865 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
= caller_arch
;
10866 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
= caller_pc
;
10867 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
10868 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
10869 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
10870 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
10874 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
10875 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
10876 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
10877 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
10879 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
10880 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
10881 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
10882 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
10884 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10886 std::unique_ptr
<watchpoint
> w (new watchpoint ());
10889 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (w
.get (), NULL
, bp_type
,
10890 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
10892 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (w
.get (), NULL
, bp_type
,
10893 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
10894 w
->thread
= thread
;
10895 w
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
10896 w
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
10897 w
->exp
= std::move (exp
);
10898 w
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
10899 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= cond_exp_valid_block
;
10902 struct type
*t
= value_type (val
.get ());
10903 CORE_ADDR addr
= value_as_address (val
.get ());
10905 w
->exp_string_reparse
10906 = current_language
->watch_location_expression (t
, addr
).release ();
10908 w
->exp_string
= xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
10909 (int) (exp_end
- exp_start
), exp_start
);
10912 w
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
10916 w
->hw_wp_mask
= mask
;
10921 w
->val_bitpos
= saved_bitpos
;
10922 w
->val_bitsize
= saved_bitsize
;
10923 w
->val_valid
= true;
10927 w
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
10929 w
->cond_string
= 0;
10931 if (frame_id_p (watchpoint_frame
))
10933 w
->watchpoint_frame
= watchpoint_frame
;
10934 w
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
10938 w
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
10939 w
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
10942 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
10944 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
10945 need to act on them together. */
10946 w
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
10947 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= w
.get ();
10950 if (!just_location
)
10951 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10953 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
10954 that should be inserted. */
10955 update_watchpoint (w
.get (), 1);
10957 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (w
), 1);
10960 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
10961 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
10964 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (const std::vector
<value_ref_ptr
> &vals
)
10966 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
10968 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
10969 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
10972 gdb_assert (!vals
.empty ());
10973 struct value
*head
= vals
[0].get ();
10975 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
10976 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
10977 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
10978 hardware watchpoint.
10980 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
10981 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
10982 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
10983 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
10984 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
10985 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
10986 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
10987 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
10988 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
10990 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
10991 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
10992 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
10993 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
10994 for (const value_ref_ptr
&iter
: vals
)
10996 struct value
*v
= iter
.get ();
10998 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
11000 if (v
!= head
&& value_lazy (v
))
11001 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11002 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11003 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11004 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11005 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11009 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11010 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11011 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
11013 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11014 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11015 middle of some value chain. */
11017 || (vtype
->code () != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11018 && vtype
->code () != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
11020 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
11024 len
= (target_exact_watchpoints
11025 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype
))?
11026 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
11028 num_regs
= target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
);
11032 found_memory_cnt
+= num_regs
;
11036 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
11037 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
11038 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11039 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
11040 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11043 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11044 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11045 return found_memory_cnt
;
11049 watch_command_wrapper (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, bool internal
)
11051 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11054 /* Options for the watch, awatch, and rwatch commands. */
11056 struct watch_options
11058 /* For -location. */
11059 bool location
= false;
11062 /* Definitions of options for the "watch", "awatch", and "rwatch" commands.
11064 Historically GDB always accepted both '-location' and '-l' flags for
11065 these commands (both flags being synonyms). When converting to the
11066 newer option scheme only '-location' is added here. That's fine (for
11067 backward compatibility) as any non-ambiguous prefix of a flag will be
11068 accepted, so '-l', '-loc', are now all accepted.
11070 What this means is that, if in the future, we add any new flag here
11071 that starts with '-l' then this will break backward compatibility, so
11072 please, don't do that! */
11074 static const gdb::option::option_def watch_option_defs
[] = {
11075 gdb::option::flag_option_def
<watch_options
> {
11077 [] (watch_options
*opt
) { return &opt
->location
; },
11079 This evaluates EXPRESSION and watches the memory to which is refers.\n\
11080 -l can be used as a short form of -location."),
11084 /* Returns the option group used by 'watch', 'awatch', and 'rwatch'
11087 static gdb::option::option_def_group
11088 make_watch_options_def_group (watch_options
*opts
)
11090 return {{watch_option_defs
}, opts
};
11093 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11094 calls watch_command_1. */
11097 watch_maybe_just_location (const char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
11099 watch_options opts
;
11100 auto grp
= make_watch_options_def_group (&opts
);
11101 gdb::option::process_options
11102 (&arg
, gdb::option::PROCESS_OPTIONS_UNKNOWN_IS_OPERAND
, grp
);
11103 if (arg
!= nullptr && *arg
== '\0')
11106 watch_command_1 (arg
, accessflag
, from_tty
, opts
.location
, false);
11109 /* Command completion for 'watch', 'awatch', and 'rwatch' commands. */
11111 watch_command_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*ignore
,
11112 completion_tracker
&tracker
,
11113 const char *text
, const char * /*word*/)
11115 const auto group
= make_watch_options_def_group (nullptr);
11116 if (gdb::option::complete_options
11117 (tracker
, &text
, gdb::option::PROCESS_OPTIONS_UNKNOWN_IS_OPERAND
, group
))
11120 const char *word
= advance_to_expression_complete_word_point (tracker
, text
);
11121 expression_completer (ignore
, tracker
, text
, word
);
11125 watch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11127 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
11131 rwatch_command_wrapper (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, bool internal
)
11133 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11137 rwatch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11139 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
11143 awatch_command_wrapper (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, bool internal
)
11145 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11149 awatch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11151 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
11155 /* Data for the FSM that manages the until(location)/advance commands
11156 in infcmd.c. Here because it uses the mechanisms of
11159 struct until_break_fsm
: public thread_fsm
11161 /* The thread that was current when the command was executed. */
11164 /* The breakpoint set at the return address in the caller frame,
11165 plus breakpoints at all the destination locations. */
11166 std::vector
<breakpoint_up
> breakpoints
;
11168 until_break_fsm (struct interp
*cmd_interp
, int thread
,
11169 std::vector
<breakpoint_up
> &&breakpoints
)
11170 : thread_fsm (cmd_interp
),
11172 breakpoints (std::move (breakpoints
))
11176 void clean_up (struct thread_info
*thread
) override
;
11177 bool should_stop (struct thread_info
*thread
) override
;
11178 enum async_reply_reason
do_async_reply_reason () override
;
11181 /* Implementation of the 'should_stop' FSM method for the
11182 until(location)/advance commands. */
11185 until_break_fsm::should_stop (struct thread_info
*tp
)
11187 for (const breakpoint_up
&bp
: breakpoints
)
11188 if (bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
,
11189 bp
.get ()) != NULL
)
11198 /* Implementation of the 'clean_up' FSM method for the
11199 until(location)/advance commands. */
11202 until_break_fsm::clean_up (struct thread_info
*)
11204 /* Clean up our temporary breakpoints. */
11205 breakpoints
.clear ();
11206 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (thread
);
11209 /* Implementation of the 'async_reply_reason' FSM method for the
11210 until(location)/advance commands. */
11212 enum async_reply_reason
11213 until_break_fsm::do_async_reply_reason ()
11215 return EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
;
11219 until_break_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
11221 struct frame_info
*frame
;
11222 struct gdbarch
*frame_gdbarch
;
11223 struct frame_id stack_frame_id
;
11224 struct frame_id caller_frame_id
;
11226 struct thread_info
*tp
;
11228 clear_proceed_status (0);
11230 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11233 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
11235 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
11236 = (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
11237 ? decode_line_1 (location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
11238 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11239 get_last_displayed_line ())
11240 : decode_line_1 (location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11244 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11247 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11249 tp
= inferior_thread ();
11250 thread
= tp
->global_num
;
11252 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11253 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11254 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11257 frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
11258 frame_gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
11259 stack_frame_id
= get_stack_frame_id (frame
);
11260 caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11262 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11265 std::vector
<breakpoint_up
> breakpoints
;
11267 gdb::optional
<delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup
> lj_deleter
;
11269 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
11271 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
11272 struct gdbarch
*caller_gdbarch
;
11274 sal2
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
11275 sal2
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11276 caller_gdbarch
= frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
11278 breakpoint_up caller_breakpoint
11279 = set_momentary_breakpoint (caller_gdbarch
, sal2
,
11280 caller_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11281 breakpoints
.emplace_back (std::move (caller_breakpoint
));
11283 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp
, caller_frame_id
);
11284 lj_deleter
.emplace (thread
);
11287 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11290 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location, we
11291 don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. Otherwise,
11292 specify the selected frame, because we want to stop only at the
11293 very same frame. */
11294 frame_id stop_frame_id
= anywhere
? null_frame_id
: stack_frame_id
;
11296 for (symtab_and_line
&sal
: sals
)
11298 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
11300 breakpoint_up location_breakpoint
11301 = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11302 stop_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11303 breakpoints
.emplace_back (std::move (location_breakpoint
));
11306 tp
->thread_fsm
= new until_break_fsm (command_interp (), tp
->global_num
,
11307 std::move (breakpoints
));
11310 lj_deleter
->release ();
11312 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
);
11315 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11316 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11318 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11319 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11320 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11321 if clause in the arg string. */
11324 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (const char **arg
)
11326 const char *cond_string
;
11328 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
11331 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11334 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11335 condition string. */
11336 *arg
= skip_spaces (*arg
);
11337 cond_string
= *arg
;
11339 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11341 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
11343 return cond_string
;
11346 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11347 process start/exit, etc. */
11351 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
11352 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
11357 catch_fork_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11358 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11360 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11361 const char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11362 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
11364 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
11365 bool temp
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
11366 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
11370 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11372 /* The allowed syntax is:
11374 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11376 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11377 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11379 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11380 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11382 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11383 and enable reporting of such events. */
11386 case catch_fork_temporary
:
11387 case catch_fork_permanent
:
11388 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, temp
, cond_string
,
11389 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
11391 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
11392 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
11393 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, temp
, cond_string
,
11394 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
11397 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11403 catch_exec_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11404 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11406 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11407 const char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11408 bool temp
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11412 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11414 /* The allowed syntax is:
11416 catch exec if <cond>
11418 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11419 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11421 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11422 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11424 std::unique_ptr
<exec_catchpoint
> c (new exec_catchpoint ());
11425 init_catchpoint (c
.get (), gdbarch
, temp
, cond_string
,
11426 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
11427 c
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
11429 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c
), 1);
11433 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11434 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
11435 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
11436 const char *addr_string
,
11437 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
11444 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
11446 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
11448 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
11449 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
11450 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11451 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11452 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11453 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11454 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11455 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11456 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11457 enough for now, though. */
11460 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
, ops
);
11462 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
11463 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
11464 b
->location
= string_to_event_location (&addr_string
,
11465 language_def (language_ada
));
11466 b
->language
= language_ada
;
11471 /* Compare two breakpoints and return a strcmp-like result. */
11474 compare_breakpoints (const breakpoint
*a
, const breakpoint
*b
)
11476 uintptr_t ua
= (uintptr_t) a
;
11477 uintptr_t ub
= (uintptr_t) b
;
11479 if (a
->number
< b
->number
)
11481 else if (a
->number
> b
->number
)
11484 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11488 return ua
> ub
? 1 : 0;
11491 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11494 clear_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11496 struct breakpoint
*b
;
11499 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> decoded_sals
;
11500 symtab_and_line last_sal
;
11501 gdb::array_view
<symtab_and_line
> sals
;
11505 = decode_line_with_current_source (arg
,
11506 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11507 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE
));
11509 sals
= decoded_sals
;
11513 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11514 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11515 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11516 last_sal
= get_last_displayed_sal ();
11517 if (last_sal
.symtab
== 0)
11518 error (_("No source file specified."));
11524 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11525 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11526 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11527 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11529 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11530 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11531 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11532 due to optimization, all in one block.
11534 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11535 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11536 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11537 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11538 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11539 to support that. */
11541 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11542 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11543 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11546 std::vector
<struct breakpoint
*> found
;
11547 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
11549 const char *sal_fullname
;
11551 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11552 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11553 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11556 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11561 1 0 <can't happen> */
11563 sal_fullname
= (sal
.symtab
== NULL
11564 ? NULL
: symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
));
11566 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11567 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11570 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11571 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
&& !is_watchpoint (b
))
11573 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
11574 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11576 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11577 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11578 int pc_match
= (!sal
.explicit_line
11580 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
11581 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
11582 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
11583 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
));
11584 int line_match
= 0;
11586 if ((default_match
|| sal
.explicit_line
)
11587 && loc
->symtab
!= NULL
11588 && sal_fullname
!= NULL
11589 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
11590 && loc
->line_number
== sal
.line
11591 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
),
11592 sal_fullname
) == 0)
11595 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
11604 found
.push_back (b
);
11608 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
11609 if (found
.empty ())
11612 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
11614 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
11617 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
11618 std::sort (found
.begin (), found
.end (),
11619 [] (const breakpoint
*bp_a
, const breakpoint
*bp_b
)
11621 return compare_breakpoints (bp_a
, bp_b
) < 0;
11623 found
.erase (std::unique (found
.begin (), found
.end (),
11624 [] (const breakpoint
*bp_a
, const breakpoint
*bp_b
)
11626 return compare_breakpoints (bp_a
, bp_b
) == 0;
11630 if (found
.size () > 1)
11631 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
11634 if (found
.size () == 1)
11635 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
11637 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
11640 for (breakpoint
*iter
: found
)
11643 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", iter
->number
);
11644 delete_breakpoint (iter
);
11647 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
11650 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
11651 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
11652 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
11655 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
11657 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
11659 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
11660 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
11661 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->disposition
== disp_del
11663 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
);
11665 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
11667 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
11668 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11672 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
11673 std::sort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
11674 bl_address_is_meaningful says), secondarily by ordering first
11675 permanent elements and terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted
11676 stable way despite std::sort being an unstable algorithm. */
11679 bp_location_is_less_than (const bp_location
*a
, const bp_location
*b
)
11681 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
11682 return a
->address
< b
->address
;
11684 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
11685 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
11688 if (a
->pspace
->num
!= b
->pspace
->num
)
11689 return a
->pspace
->num
< b
->pspace
->num
;
11691 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
11692 if (a
->permanent
!= b
->permanent
)
11693 return a
->permanent
> b
->permanent
;
11695 /* Sort by type in order to make duplicate determination easier.
11696 See update_global_location_list. This is kept in sync with
11697 breakpoint_locations_match. */
11698 if (a
->loc_type
< b
->loc_type
)
11701 /* Likewise, for range-breakpoints, sort by length. */
11702 if (a
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
11703 && b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
11704 && a
->length
< b
->length
)
11707 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
11708 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
11709 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
11711 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
11712 return a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
;
11717 /* Set bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max and
11718 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
11719 content of the bp_locations array. */
11722 bp_locations_target_extensions_update (void)
11724 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
11726 bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
11727 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
11729 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
11731 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
11733 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
11736 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
11737 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
11739 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
11740 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
11741 if (addr
> bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
)
11742 bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
11744 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
11746 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
11747 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
11748 if (addr
> bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
11749 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
11753 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
11756 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
11758 struct breakpoint
*b
;
11759 enum tribool can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN
;
11761 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
11763 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
11765 struct bp_location
*bl
;
11766 struct tracepoint
*t
;
11767 int bp_location_downloaded
= 0;
11769 if ((b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
11770 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
11771 : !may_insert_tracepoints
))
11774 if (can_download_tracepoint
== TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN
)
11776 if (target_can_download_tracepoint ())
11777 can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_TRUE
;
11779 can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_FALSE
;
11782 if (can_download_tracepoint
== TRIBOOL_FALSE
)
11785 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
11787 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
11788 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
11789 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
11790 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
11793 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
11795 target_download_tracepoint (bl
);
11798 bp_location_downloaded
= 1;
11800 t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
11801 t
->number_on_target
= b
->number
;
11802 if (bp_location_downloaded
)
11803 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
11807 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
11810 swap_insertion (struct bp_location
*left
, struct bp_location
*right
)
11812 const int left_inserted
= left
->inserted
;
11813 const int left_duplicate
= left
->duplicate
;
11814 const int left_needs_update
= left
->needs_update
;
11815 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info
= left
->target_info
;
11817 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
11818 if (is_tracepoint (left
->owner
))
11819 gdb_assert (!left
->duplicate
);
11820 if (is_tracepoint (right
->owner
))
11821 gdb_assert (!right
->duplicate
);
11823 left
->inserted
= right
->inserted
;
11824 left
->duplicate
= right
->duplicate
;
11825 left
->needs_update
= right
->needs_update
;
11826 left
->target_info
= right
->target_info
;
11827 right
->inserted
= left_inserted
;
11828 right
->duplicate
= left_duplicate
;
11829 right
->needs_update
= left_needs_update
;
11830 right
->target_info
= left_target_info
;
11833 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
11834 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
11835 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
11839 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location
*bl
)
11841 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
11842 struct bp_location
*loc
;
11843 CORE_ADDR address
= 0;
11846 address
= bl
->address
;
11847 pspace_num
= bl
->pspace
->num
;
11849 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
11850 evaluating conditions and if the user has
11851 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
11853 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
11854 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
11857 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
11858 the same program space as the location
11859 as "its condition has changed". We need to
11860 update the conditions on the target's side. */
11861 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, address
)
11865 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
11866 || pspace_num
!= loc
->pspace
->num
)
11869 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
11870 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
11871 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
11872 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
11873 that have already been marked. */
11874 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_updated
;
11876 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
11878 loc
->cond_bytecode
.reset ();
11882 /* Called whether new breakpoints are created, or existing breakpoints
11883 deleted, to update the global location list and recompute which
11884 locations are duplicate of which.
11886 The INSERT_MODE flag determines whether locations may not, may, or
11887 shall be inserted now. See 'enum ugll_insert_mode' for more
11891 update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
11893 struct breakpoint
*b
;
11894 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
11895 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
11896 CORE_ADDR last_addr
= 0;
11897 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
11898 int last_pspace_num
= -1;
11900 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
11901 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
11902 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
11903 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
11904 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
11906 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
11907 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
11908 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
11909 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
11911 /* Saved former bp_locations array which we compare against the newly
11912 built bp_locations from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
11913 struct bp_location
**old_locp
;
11914 unsigned old_locations_count
;
11915 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<struct bp_location
*> old_locations (bp_locations
);
11917 old_locations_count
= bp_locations_count
;
11918 bp_locations
= NULL
;
11919 bp_locations_count
= 0;
11921 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11922 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11923 bp_locations_count
++;
11925 bp_locations
= XNEWVEC (struct bp_location
*, bp_locations_count
);
11926 locp
= bp_locations
;
11927 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11928 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11931 /* See if we need to "upgrade" a software breakpoint to a hardware
11932 breakpoint. Do this before deciding whether locations are
11933 duplicates. Also do this before sorting because sorting order
11934 depends on location type. */
11935 for (locp
= bp_locations
;
11936 locp
< bp_locations
+ bp_locations_count
;
11940 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
11941 handle_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (loc
);
11944 std::sort (bp_locations
, bp_locations
+ bp_locations_count
,
11945 bp_location_is_less_than
);
11947 bp_locations_target_extensions_update ();
11949 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
11950 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
11951 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
11952 if there's another location at the same address (previously
11953 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
11956 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
11957 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
11959 locp
= bp_locations
;
11960 for (old_locp
= old_locations
.get ();
11961 old_locp
< old_locations
.get () + old_locations_count
;
11964 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
11965 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
11967 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
11968 not, we have to free it. */
11969 int found_object
= 0;
11970 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
11971 int keep_in_target
= 0;
11974 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
11975 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
11976 while (locp
< bp_locations
+ bp_locations_count
11977 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
11981 (loc2p
< bp_locations
+ bp_locations_count
11982 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
11985 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
11986 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
11987 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
11989 if ((*loc2p
)->condition_changed
== condition_modified
11990 && (last_addr
!= old_loc
->address
11991 || last_pspace_num
!= old_loc
->pspace
->num
))
11993 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p
);
11994 last_pspace_num
= old_loc
->pspace
->num
;
11997 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
12001 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12002 have to go through updates again. */
12003 last_addr
= old_loc
->address
;
12005 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12007 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc
);
12009 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12010 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12011 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12012 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12013 at certain location is not inserted. */
12015 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
12017 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12020 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
12022 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12023 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12024 keep_in_target
= 1;
12028 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12029 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12030 remove its target-side condition. */
12032 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12033 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12034 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12035 this one from the target. */
12037 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12038 if (bl_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
))
12041 (loc2p
< bp_locations
+ bp_locations_count
12042 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12045 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
12047 if (loc2
== old_loc
)
12050 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
12052 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12053 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12054 supported, but the latter are. */
12055 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
12057 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
12058 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
12061 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12062 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12064 if (unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2
))
12066 swap_insertion (old_loc
, loc2
);
12067 keep_in_target
= 1;
12075 if (!keep_in_target
)
12077 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
))
12079 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12080 this location on the global list, and try to
12081 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12082 reason why we will succeed next time.
12084 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12085 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12086 only after calling us. */
12087 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12088 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12089 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
12097 if (removed
&& target_is_non_stop_p ()
12098 && need_moribund_for_location_type (old_loc
))
12100 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12101 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12102 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12103 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12104 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12105 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12106 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12107 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12108 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12109 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12110 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12111 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12112 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12113 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12116 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12117 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12119 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12120 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12121 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12122 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12123 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12124 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12125 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12126 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12127 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12128 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12129 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12130 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12131 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12134 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12135 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12136 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12137 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12139 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12140 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12141 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12142 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12143 traps we can no longer explain. */
12145 process_stratum_target
*proc_target
= nullptr;
12146 for (inferior
*inf
: all_inferiors ())
12147 if (inf
->pspace
== old_loc
->pspace
)
12149 proc_target
= inf
->process_target ();
12152 if (proc_target
!= nullptr)
12153 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
12154 = 3 * (thread_count (proc_target
) + 1);
12156 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 1;
12157 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12159 moribund_locations
.push_back (old_loc
);
12163 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12164 decref_bp_location (&old_loc
);
12169 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12170 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12171 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12172 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12173 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12174 are sorted first for the same address.
12176 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12177 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12179 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12180 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12181 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12182 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12183 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
12185 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12187 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
12190 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc
)
12191 || !bl_address_is_meaningful (loc
)
12192 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12193 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12194 `struct bp_location'. */
12195 || is_tracepoint (b
))
12197 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12198 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12202 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
12203 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
12204 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
12205 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
12206 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
12207 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
12209 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
12211 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
12212 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
12213 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
12215 *loc_first_p
= loc
;
12216 loc
->duplicate
= 0;
12218 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->condition_changed
)
12220 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
12221 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12222 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12228 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12229 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12230 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12232 swap_insertion (loc
, *loc_first_p
);
12233 loc
->duplicate
= 1;
12235 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12236 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12239 if (insert_mode
== UGLL_INSERT
|| breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now ())
12241 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
12242 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12245 /* Even though the caller told us to not insert new
12246 locations, we may still need to update conditions on the
12247 target's side of breakpoints that were already inserted
12248 if the target is evaluating breakpoint conditions. We
12249 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12251 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12255 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
12256 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12260 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12262 for (int ix
= 0; ix
< moribund_locations
.size (); ++ix
)
12264 struct bp_location
*loc
= moribund_locations
[ix
];
12265 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
12267 decref_bp_location (&loc
);
12268 unordered_remove (moribund_locations
, ix
);
12275 update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
12280 update_global_location_list (insert_mode
);
12282 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&e
)
12287 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12290 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
12294 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12295 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== bpt
)
12297 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
12298 bs
->old_val
= NULL
;
12299 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12303 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12305 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
12307 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= (struct breakpoint
*) data
;
12309 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th
->control
.stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
12313 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12317 say_where (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12319 struct value_print_options opts
;
12321 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
12323 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12325 if (b
->loc
== NULL
)
12327 /* For pending locations, the output differs slightly based
12328 on b->extra_string. If this is non-NULL, it contains either
12329 a condition or dprintf arguments. */
12330 if (b
->extra_string
== NULL
)
12332 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."),
12333 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
12335 else if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
12337 printf_filtered (_(" (%s,%s) pending."),
12338 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()),
12343 printf_filtered (_(" (%s %s) pending."),
12344 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()),
12350 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->loc
->symtab
== NULL
)
12351 printf_filtered (" at %ps",
12352 styled_string (address_style
.style (),
12353 paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
,
12354 b
->loc
->address
)));
12355 if (b
->loc
->symtab
!= NULL
)
12357 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12359 if (b
->loc
->next
== NULL
)
12361 const char *filename
12362 = symtab_to_filename_for_display (b
->loc
->symtab
);
12363 printf_filtered (": file %ps, line %d.",
12364 styled_string (file_name_style
.style (),
12366 b
->loc
->line_number
);
12369 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12370 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12371 real situation somewhat. */
12372 printf_filtered (": %s.",
12373 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
12378 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
12380 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12382 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
12387 bp_location::~bp_location ()
12389 xfree (function_name
);
12392 /* Destructor for the breakpoint base class. */
12394 breakpoint::~breakpoint ()
12396 xfree (this->cond_string
);
12397 xfree (this->extra_string
);
12400 static struct bp_location
*
12401 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12403 return new bp_location (self
);
12407 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12409 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12412 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12413 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12416 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12418 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12422 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
12423 enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
12425 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12429 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12430 const address_space
*aspace
,
12432 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12434 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12438 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12443 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12447 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
12449 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12452 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12456 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12458 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12461 static enum print_stop_action
12462 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12464 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12468 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
12469 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
12475 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12477 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12481 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12483 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12487 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
12488 (struct event_location
*location
,
12489 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12490 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12492 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12496 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12497 struct linespec_result
*c
,
12498 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
12499 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
12500 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12501 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12503 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12504 const struct breakpoint_ops
*o
,
12505 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12506 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12508 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12511 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12512 base_breakpoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12513 struct event_location
*location
,
12514 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12516 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12519 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
12522 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
12527 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
12530 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
12532 /* Nothing to do. */
12535 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
=
12537 base_breakpoint_allocate_location
,
12538 base_breakpoint_re_set
,
12539 base_breakpoint_insert_location
,
12540 base_breakpoint_remove_location
,
12541 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit
,
12542 base_breakpoint_check_status
,
12543 base_breakpoint_resources_needed
,
12544 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode
,
12545 base_breakpoint_print_it
,
12547 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail
,
12548 base_breakpoint_print_mention
,
12549 base_breakpoint_print_recreate
,
12550 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
,
12551 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal
,
12552 base_breakpoint_decode_location
,
12553 base_breakpoint_explains_signal
,
12554 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true
,
12557 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12560 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12562 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12563 if (breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (b
))
12565 /* Anything without a location can't be re-set. */
12566 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12570 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
12574 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12576 CORE_ADDR addr
= bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
;
12578 bl
->target_info
.kind
= breakpoint_kind (bl
, &addr
);
12579 bl
->target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
12581 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12582 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12584 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12588 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
12590 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12591 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12593 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
, reason
);
12597 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12598 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12599 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12601 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12602 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
12605 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
12609 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
12610 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
12611 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
12618 dprintf_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12619 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12620 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12622 if (dprintf_style
== dprintf_style_agent
12623 && target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
12625 /* An agent-style dprintf never causes a stop. If we see a trap
12626 for this address it must be for a breakpoint that happens to
12627 be set at the same address. */
12631 return bkpt_breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
12635 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12637 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
12642 static enum print_stop_action
12643 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12645 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12646 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
12648 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
12650 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
12652 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
.get ();
12653 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
12655 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
12656 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
12657 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
12660 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
12661 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
12663 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
12665 uiout
->field_string ("reason",
12666 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
12667 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
12670 uiout
->message ("Temporary breakpoint %pF, ",
12671 signed_field ("bkptno", b
->number
));
12673 uiout
->message ("Breakpoint %pF, ",
12674 signed_field ("bkptno", b
->number
));
12676 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
12680 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12682 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
12687 case bp_breakpoint
:
12688 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
12689 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12690 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
12692 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
12693 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12694 if (b
->type
== bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
)
12695 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
12697 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
12698 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
12701 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b
->number
);
12709 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12711 if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12712 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "tbreak");
12713 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
12714 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break");
12715 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
12716 && tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12717 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "thbreak");
12718 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
12719 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "hbreak");
12721 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12722 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp
->type
);
12724 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s",
12725 event_location_to_string (tp
->location
.get ()));
12727 /* Print out extra_string if this breakpoint is pending. It might
12728 contain, for example, conditions that were set by the user. */
12729 if (tp
->loc
== NULL
&& tp
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
12730 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->extra_string
);
12732 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
12736 bkpt_create_sals_from_location (struct event_location
*location
,
12737 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12738 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12740 create_sals_from_location_default (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
12744 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12745 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12746 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
12747 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
12748 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12749 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12751 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12752 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
12753 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12754 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12756 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
12757 std::move (cond_string
),
12758 std::move (extra_string
),
12760 disposition
, thread
, task
,
12761 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
12762 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
12765 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12766 bkpt_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12767 struct event_location
*location
,
12768 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12770 return decode_location_default (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
12773 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
12776 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12780 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
12781 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
12782 case bp_overlay_event
:
12783 case bp_longjmp_master
:
12784 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
12785 case bp_exception_master
:
12786 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12789 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
12790 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
12791 case bp_shlib_event
:
12793 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
12794 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
12795 case bp_thread_event
:
12801 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12803 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
12805 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
12806 events. This allows the user to get control and place
12807 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
12808 objects (among other things). */
12809 bs
->stop
= stop_on_solib_events
;
12810 bs
->print
= stop_on_solib_events
;
12816 static enum print_stop_action
12817 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12819 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12821 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
12825 case bp_shlib_event
:
12826 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
12827 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
12828 to shlib event" message.) */
12829 print_solib_event (0);
12832 case bp_thread_event
:
12833 /* Not sure how we will get here.
12834 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
12835 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12838 case bp_overlay_event
:
12839 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
12840 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12843 case bp_longjmp_master
:
12844 /* These should never be enabled. */
12845 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12848 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
12849 /* These should never be enabled. */
12850 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
12851 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
12854 case bp_exception_master
:
12855 /* These should never be enabled. */
12856 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
12857 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
12861 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
12865 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12867 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
12870 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
12873 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12875 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
12876 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
12877 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
12878 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
12882 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12884 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
12887 static enum print_stop_action
12888 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12890 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
12894 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12896 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
12899 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
12901 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
12902 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
12904 longjmp_breakpoint::~longjmp_breakpoint ()
12906 thread_info
*tp
= find_thread_global_id (this->thread
);
12909 tp
->initiating_frame
= null_frame_id
;
12912 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
12915 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12917 int v
= bkpt_insert_location (bl
);
12921 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
12923 bl
->probe
.prob
->set_semaphore (bl
->probe
.objfile
, bl
->gdbarch
);
12930 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
12931 enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
12933 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
12934 bl
->probe
.prob
->clear_semaphore (bl
->probe
.objfile
, bl
->gdbarch
);
12936 return bkpt_remove_location (bl
, reason
);
12940 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (struct event_location
*location
,
12941 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12942 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12944 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
12946 lsal
.sals
= parse_probes (location
, NULL
, canonical
);
12948 = xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical
->location
.get ()));
12949 canonical
->lsals
.push_back (std::move (lsal
));
12952 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12953 bkpt_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12954 struct event_location
*location
,
12955 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12957 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
= parse_probes (location
, search_pspace
, NULL
);
12959 error (_("probe not found"));
12963 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
12966 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12968 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
12972 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12973 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12974 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12976 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
12982 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
12983 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
12985 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
12986 if (!tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.empty ())
12988 gdb_assert (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
12990 uiout
->message ("\tmarker id is %pF\n",
12991 string_field ("static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
12992 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ()));
12997 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12999 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
13004 case bp_tracepoint
:
13005 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13006 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13008 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
13009 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13010 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13012 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
13013 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13014 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13017 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13018 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b
->type
);
13025 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*self
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13027 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13029 if (self
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
13030 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "ftrace");
13031 else if (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
13032 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "strace");
13033 else if (self
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
13034 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "trace");
13036 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13037 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self
->type
);
13039 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s",
13040 event_location_to_string (self
->location
.get ()));
13041 print_recreate_thread (self
, fp
);
13043 if (tp
->pass_count
)
13044 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
13048 tracepoint_create_sals_from_location (struct event_location
*location
,
13049 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13050 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13052 create_sals_from_location_default (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
13056 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13057 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13058 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
13059 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
13060 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13061 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13063 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13064 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13065 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13066 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13068 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13069 std::move (cond_string
),
13070 std::move (extra_string
),
13072 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13073 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13074 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13077 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
13078 tracepoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13079 struct event_location
*location
,
13080 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
13082 return decode_location_default (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
13085 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
13087 /* Virtual table for tracepoints on static probes. */
13090 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
13091 (struct event_location
*location
,
13092 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13093 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13095 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13096 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
13099 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
13100 tracepoint_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13101 struct event_location
*location
,
13102 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
13104 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13105 return bkpt_probe_decode_location (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
13108 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
13111 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13113 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13115 /* extra_string should never be non-NULL for dprintf. */
13116 gdb_assert (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
);
13118 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
13119 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
13120 3 - disconnect from target 1
13121 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
13123 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
13124 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
13125 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
13126 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
13127 it all the time. */
13128 if (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
13129 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
13132 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
13135 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13137 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "dprintf %s,%s",
13138 event_location_to_string (tp
->location
.get ()),
13140 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
13143 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
13146 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
13147 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
13148 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
13149 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
13150 address are all handled. */
13153 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
13155 struct bpstats tmp_bs
;
13156 struct bpstats
*tmp_bs_p
= &tmp_bs
;
13158 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
13159 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
13160 condition not be evaluated. */
13163 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
13164 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
13165 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
13166 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
13167 commands here throws. */
13168 tmp_bs
.commands
= bs
->commands
;
13169 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
13171 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p
);
13173 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but
13174 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole
13178 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13182 strace_marker_create_sals_from_location (struct event_location
*location
,
13183 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13184 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13186 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13187 const char *arg_start
, *arg
;
13189 arg
= arg_start
= get_linespec_location (location
)->spec_string
;
13190 lsal
.sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&arg
);
13192 std::string
str (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
13193 const char *ptr
= str
.c_str ();
13194 canonical
->location
13195 = new_linespec_location (&ptr
, symbol_name_match_type::FULL
);
13198 = xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical
->location
.get ()));
13199 canonical
->lsals
.push_back (std::move (lsal
));
13203 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13204 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13205 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
13206 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
13207 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13208 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13210 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13211 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13212 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13213 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13215 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
->lsals
[0];
13217 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13218 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13219 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13220 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13221 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13222 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13224 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< lsal
.sals
.size (); i
++)
13226 event_location_up location
13227 = copy_event_location (canonical
->location
.get ());
13229 std::unique_ptr
<tracepoint
> tp (new tracepoint ());
13230 init_breakpoint_sal (tp
.get (), gdbarch
, lsal
.sals
[i
],
13231 std::move (location
), NULL
,
13232 std::move (cond_string
),
13233 std::move (extra_string
),
13234 type_wanted
, disposition
,
13235 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
13236 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
13237 canonical
->special_display
);
13238 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13239 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13240 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13241 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13242 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13243 corresponds to this one */
13244 tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
= i
;
13246 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (tp
), 0);
13250 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
13251 strace_marker_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13252 struct event_location
*location
,
13253 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
13255 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13256 const char *s
= get_linespec_location (location
)->spec_string
;
13258 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&s
);
13259 if (sals
.size () > tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
)
13261 sals
[0] = sals
[tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
];
13266 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
13269 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13272 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13274 return b
->ops
== &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13277 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13281 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
13283 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13285 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
13287 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13288 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13291 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13292 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13293 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13294 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13295 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13298 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13299 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13300 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13301 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13303 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
13306 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13307 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13308 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
)
13310 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13311 struct watchpoint
*w
;
13313 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13314 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13315 else if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13316 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
13320 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w
);
13322 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13323 for (related
= bpt
; related
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
;
13324 related
= related
->related_breakpoint
);
13325 related
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13326 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
;
13329 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13330 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13331 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13332 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13334 gdb::observers::breakpoint_deleted
.notify (bpt
);
13336 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
13337 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
13339 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13340 if (b
->next
== bpt
)
13342 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
13346 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13348 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13349 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13350 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13351 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13352 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13353 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13354 commands won't work. */
13356 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
13358 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13359 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13360 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13361 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13362 might be better design to have location completely
13363 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13364 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
13366 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13367 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13368 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
13372 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13373 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13376 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13377 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)> function
)
13379 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13384 struct breakpoint
*next
;
13386 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13387 next
= related
->related_breakpoint
;
13389 if (next
== related
)
13391 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13392 function (related
);
13394 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13395 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13400 function (related
);
13404 while (related
!= b
);
13408 delete_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
13410 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
13416 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
13418 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13419 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13420 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13421 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13422 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13424 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
13428 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13430 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13432 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
13433 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13434 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13438 map_breakpoint_numbers
13439 (arg
, [&] (breakpoint
*br
)
13441 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (br
, delete_breakpoint
);
13445 /* Return true if all locations of B bound to PSPACE are pending. If
13446 PSPACE is NULL, all locations of all program spaces are
13450 all_locations_are_pending (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct program_space
*pspace
)
13452 struct bp_location
*loc
;
13454 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
13455 if ((pspace
== NULL
13456 || loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
13457 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
13458 && !loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
13463 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13464 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13465 Null names are ignored. */
13468 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
13470 struct bp_location
*l
;
13471 htab_up
htab (htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
, streq_hash
, NULL
,
13474 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13477 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
13479 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13483 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
.get (), (const void *) name
,
13485 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13495 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13496 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13497 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13498 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13499 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13500 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13501 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13502 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13505 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13506 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13507 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13508 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13509 in the sources, and output a warning.
13511 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13512 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13513 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13514 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13515 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13518 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13519 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13520 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13521 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13522 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13523 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13524 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13525 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13526 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13528 static struct symtab_and_line
13529 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct symtab_and_line sal
)
13531 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13532 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
13537 find_line_pc (sal
.symtab
, sal
.line
, &pc
);
13539 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc
, &marker
))
13541 if (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
!= marker
.str_id
)
13542 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
13543 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str (),
13544 marker
.str_id
.c_str ());
13546 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= std::move (marker
.str_id
);
13551 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
13553 if (!sal
.explicit_pc
13555 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
13556 && !tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.empty ())
13558 std::vector
<static_tracepoint_marker
> markers
13559 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid
13560 (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
13562 if (!markers
.empty ())
13564 struct symbol
*sym
;
13565 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*tpmarker
;
13566 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13567 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
13569 tpmarker
= &markers
[0];
13571 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= std::move (tpmarker
->str_id
);
13573 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
13574 "found at previous line number"),
13575 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
13577 symtab_and_line sal2
= find_pc_line (tpmarker
->address
, 0);
13578 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker
->address
, NULL
);
13579 uiout
->text ("Now in ");
13582 uiout
->field_string ("func", sym
->print_name (),
13583 function_name_style
.style ());
13584 uiout
->text (" at ");
13586 uiout
->field_string ("file",
13587 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
),
13588 file_name_style
.style ());
13591 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
13593 const char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal2
.symtab
);
13595 uiout
->field_string ("fullname", fullname
);
13598 uiout
->field_signed ("line", sal2
.line
);
13599 uiout
->text ("\n");
13601 b
->loc
->line_number
= sal2
.line
;
13602 b
->loc
->symtab
= sym
!= NULL
? sal2
.symtab
: NULL
;
13604 b
->location
.reset (NULL
);
13605 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
13606 explicit_loc
.source_filename
13607 = ASTRDUP (symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
13608 explicit_loc
.line_offset
.offset
= b
->loc
->line_number
;
13609 explicit_loc
.line_offset
.sign
= LINE_OFFSET_NONE
;
13610 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
13612 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
13619 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
13620 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
13623 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location
*a
, struct bp_location
*b
)
13627 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
13630 if (a
->shlib_disabled
!= b
->shlib_disabled
)
13633 if (a
->enabled
!= b
->enabled
)
13636 if (a
->disabled_by_cond
!= b
->disabled_by_cond
)
13643 if ((a
== NULL
) != (b
== NULL
))
13649 /* Split all locations of B that are bound to PSPACE out of B's
13650 location list to a separate list and return that list's head. If
13651 PSPACE is NULL, hoist out all locations of B. */
13653 static struct bp_location
*
13654 hoist_existing_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct program_space
*pspace
)
13656 struct bp_location head
;
13657 struct bp_location
*i
= b
->loc
;
13658 struct bp_location
**i_link
= &b
->loc
;
13659 struct bp_location
*hoisted
= &head
;
13661 if (pspace
== NULL
)
13672 if (i
->pspace
== pspace
)
13687 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software
13688 breakpoint) based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not
13689 zero, then B is a ranged breakpoint. Only recreates locations for
13690 FILTER_PSPACE. Locations of other program spaces are left
13694 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13695 struct program_space
*filter_pspace
,
13696 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
,
13697 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals_end
)
13699 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
;
13701 if (!sals_end
.empty () && (sals
.size () != 1 || sals_end
.size () != 1))
13703 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
13705 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
13706 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
13707 "multiple locations found\n"),
13712 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
13713 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
13714 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
13715 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
13716 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
13717 individual locations. */
13718 if (all_locations_are_pending (b
, filter_pspace
) && sals
.empty ())
13721 existing_locations
= hoist_existing_locations (b
, filter_pspace
);
13723 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
13725 struct bp_location
*new_loc
;
13727 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
.pspace
);
13729 new_loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
13731 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
13733 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
13737 s
= b
->cond_string
;
13740 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, sal
.pc
,
13741 block_for_pc (sal
.pc
),
13744 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&e
)
13746 new_loc
->disabled_by_cond
= true;
13750 if (!sals_end
.empty ())
13752 CORE_ADDR end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end
[0]);
13754 new_loc
->length
= end
- sals
[0].pc
+ 1;
13758 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
13761 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
13762 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
13763 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
13764 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
13765 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
13766 often enough until a better solution is found. */
13767 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
13769 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
13771 if ((!e
->enabled
|| e
->disabled_by_cond
) && e
->function_name
)
13773 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
13774 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
13776 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
13778 /* Ignore software vs hardware location type at
13779 this point, because with "set breakpoint
13780 auto-hw", after a re-set, locations that were
13781 hardware can end up as software, or vice versa.
13782 As mentioned above, this is an heuristic and in
13783 practice should give the correct answer often
13785 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e
, l
, true))
13787 l
->enabled
= e
->enabled
;
13788 l
->disabled_by_cond
= e
->disabled_by_cond
;
13795 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
13796 if (l
->function_name
13797 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
13799 l
->enabled
= e
->enabled
;
13800 l
->disabled_by_cond
= e
->disabled_by_cond
;
13808 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations
, b
->loc
))
13809 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
13812 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given LOCATION.
13813 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
13815 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
13816 location_to_sals (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct event_location
*location
,
13817 struct program_space
*search_pspace
, int *found
)
13819 struct gdb_exception exception
;
13821 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
);
13823 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
;
13827 sals
= b
->ops
->decode_location (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
13829 catch (gdb_exception_error
&e
)
13831 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
13833 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
13834 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
13835 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
13836 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
13837 state, then user already saw the message about that
13838 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
13840 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
13841 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
13843 && search_pspace
!= NULL
13844 && b
->loc
->pspace
!= search_pspace
)
13845 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
13846 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
13847 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
13848 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
13850 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
13852 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
13853 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
13854 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
13855 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
13856 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
13857 which approach is better. */
13858 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
13862 exception
= std::move (e
);
13865 if (exception
.reason
== 0 || exception
.error
!= NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
13867 for (auto &sal
: sals
)
13868 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
13869 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
13871 char *cond_string
, *extra_string
;
13874 find_condition_and_thread_for_sals (sals
, b
->extra_string
,
13875 &cond_string
, &thread
,
13876 &task
, &extra_string
);
13877 gdb_assert (b
->cond_string
== NULL
);
13879 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
13880 b
->thread
= thread
;
13884 xfree (b
->extra_string
);
13885 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
13887 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
13890 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& !strace_marker_p (b
))
13891 sals
[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b
, sals
[0]);
13901 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
13902 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
13906 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13908 struct program_space
*filter_pspace
= current_program_space
;
13909 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> expanded
, expanded_end
;
13912 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
= location_to_sals (b
, b
->location
.get (),
13913 filter_pspace
, &found
);
13915 expanded
= std::move (sals
);
13917 if (b
->location_range_end
!= NULL
)
13919 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals_end
13920 = location_to_sals (b
, b
->location_range_end
.get (),
13921 filter_pspace
, &found
);
13923 expanded_end
= std::move (sals_end
);
13926 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, filter_pspace
, expanded
, expanded_end
);
13929 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
13930 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
13933 create_sals_from_location_default (struct event_location
*location
,
13934 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13935 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13937 parse_breakpoint_sals (location
, canonical
);
13940 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
13941 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
13945 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13946 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13947 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
13948 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
13949 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13950 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13952 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13953 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13954 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13955 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13957 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13958 std::move (cond_string
),
13959 std::move (extra_string
),
13960 type_wanted
, disposition
,
13961 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13962 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13965 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
13966 default function for the `decode_location' method of breakpoint_ops. */
13968 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
13969 decode_location_default (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13970 struct event_location
*location
,
13971 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
13973 struct linespec_result canonical
;
13975 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, search_pspace
,
13976 NULL
, 0, &canonical
, multiple_symbols_all
,
13979 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
13980 gdb_assert (canonical
.lsals
.size () < 2);
13982 if (!canonical
.lsals
.empty ())
13984 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
.lsals
[0];
13985 return std::move (lsal
.sals
);
13990 /* Reset a breakpoint. */
13993 breakpoint_re_set_one (breakpoint
*b
)
13995 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
13996 set_language (b
->language
);
13998 b
->ops
->re_set (b
);
14001 /* Re-set breakpoint locations for the current program space.
14002 Locations bound to other program spaces are left untouched. */
14005 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14007 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
14010 scoped_restore_current_language save_language
;
14011 scoped_restore save_input_radix
= make_scoped_restore (&input_radix
);
14012 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
14014 /* breakpoint_re_set_one sets the current_language to the language
14015 of the breakpoint it is resetting (see prepare_re_set_context)
14016 before re-evaluating the breakpoint's location. This change can
14017 unfortunately get undone by accident if the language_mode is set
14018 to auto, and we either switch frames, or more likely in this context,
14019 we select the current frame.
14021 We prevent this by temporarily turning the language_mode to
14022 language_mode_manual. We restore it once all breakpoints
14023 have been reset. */
14024 scoped_restore save_language_mode
= make_scoped_restore (&language_mode
);
14025 language_mode
= language_mode_manual
;
14027 /* Note: we must not try to insert locations until after all
14028 breakpoints have been re-set. Otherwise, e.g., when re-setting
14029 breakpoint 1, we'd insert the locations of breakpoint 2, which
14030 hadn't been re-set yet, and thus may have stale locations. */
14032 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
14036 breakpoint_re_set_one (b
);
14038 catch (const gdb_exception
&ex
)
14040 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, ex
,
14041 "Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14046 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14049 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14050 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14051 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14052 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14054 /* Now we can insert. */
14055 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14058 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14060 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14061 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14063 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14065 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
14067 b
->thread
= inferior_thread ()->global_num
;
14069 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14070 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14071 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14073 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
14077 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14078 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14079 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14082 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
14084 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14089 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14090 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
14092 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
14094 if (from_tty
&& count
!= 0)
14095 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14100 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
14104 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14105 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14107 else if (count
== 1)
14108 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14111 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14112 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14115 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
14119 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
14122 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14125 ignore_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14127 const char *p
= args
;
14131 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14133 num
= get_number (&p
);
14135 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
14137 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14139 set_ignore_count (num
,
14140 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
14143 printf_filtered ("\n");
14147 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints with numbers in the range
14148 defined by BP_NUM_RANGE (an inclusive range). */
14151 map_breakpoint_number_range (std::pair
<int, int> bp_num_range
,
14152 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)> function
)
14154 if (bp_num_range
.first
== 0)
14156 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%d'"),
14157 bp_num_range
.first
);
14161 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
14163 for (int i
= bp_num_range
.first
; i
<= bp_num_range
.second
; i
++)
14165 bool match
= false;
14167 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
14168 if (b
->number
== i
)
14175 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), i
);
14180 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints whose numbers are given in
14184 map_breakpoint_numbers (const char *args
,
14185 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)> function
)
14187 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
14188 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14190 number_or_range_parser
parser (args
);
14192 while (!parser
.finished ())
14194 int num
= parser
.get_number ();
14195 map_breakpoint_number_range (std::make_pair (num
, num
), function
);
14199 /* Return the breakpoint location structure corresponding to the
14200 BP_NUM and LOC_NUM values. */
14202 static struct bp_location
*
14203 find_location_by_number (int bp_num
, int loc_num
)
14205 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14207 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14208 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
14213 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
14214 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%d'"), bp_num
);
14217 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%d'"), loc_num
);
14220 for (bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14221 if (++n
== loc_num
)
14224 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%d'"), loc_num
);
14227 /* Modes of operation for extract_bp_num. */
14228 enum class extract_bp_kind
14230 /* Extracting a breakpoint number. */
14233 /* Extracting a location number. */
14237 /* Extract a breakpoint or location number (as determined by KIND)
14238 from the string starting at START. TRAILER is a character which
14239 can be found after the number. If you don't want a trailer, use
14240 '\0'. If END_OUT is not NULL, it is set to point after the parsed
14241 string. This always returns a positive integer. */
14244 extract_bp_num (extract_bp_kind kind
, const char *start
,
14245 int trailer
, const char **end_out
= NULL
)
14247 const char *end
= start
;
14248 int num
= get_number_trailer (&end
, trailer
);
14250 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
14251 ? _("Negative breakpoint number '%.*s'")
14252 : _("Negative breakpoint location number '%.*s'"),
14253 int (end
- start
), start
);
14255 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
14256 ? _("Bad breakpoint number '%.*s'")
14257 : _("Bad breakpoint location number '%.*s'"),
14258 int (end
- start
), start
);
14260 if (end_out
!= NULL
)
14265 /* Extract a breakpoint or location range (as determined by KIND) in
14266 the form NUM1-NUM2 stored at &ARG[arg_offset]. Returns a std::pair
14267 representing the (inclusive) range. The returned pair's elements
14268 are always positive integers. */
14270 static std::pair
<int, int>
14271 extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind kind
,
14272 const std::string
&arg
,
14273 std::string::size_type arg_offset
)
14275 std::pair
<int, int> range
;
14276 const char *bp_loc
= &arg
[arg_offset
];
14277 std::string::size_type dash
= arg
.find ('-', arg_offset
);
14278 if (dash
!= std::string::npos
)
14280 /* bp_loc is a range (x-z). */
14281 if (arg
.length () == dash
+ 1)
14282 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
14283 ? _("Bad breakpoint number at or near: '%s'")
14284 : _("Bad breakpoint location number at or near: '%s'"),
14288 const char *start_first
= bp_loc
;
14289 const char *start_second
= &arg
[dash
+ 1];
14290 range
.first
= extract_bp_num (kind
, start_first
, '-');
14291 range
.second
= extract_bp_num (kind
, start_second
, '\0', &end
);
14293 if (range
.first
> range
.second
)
14294 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
14295 ? _("Inverted breakpoint range at '%.*s'")
14296 : _("Inverted breakpoint location range at '%.*s'"),
14297 int (end
- start_first
), start_first
);
14301 /* bp_loc is a single value. */
14302 range
.first
= extract_bp_num (kind
, bp_loc
, '\0');
14303 range
.second
= range
.first
;
14308 /* Extract the breakpoint/location range specified by ARG. Returns
14309 the breakpoint range in BP_NUM_RANGE, and the location range in
14312 ARG may be in any of the following forms:
14314 x where 'x' is a breakpoint number.
14315 x-y where 'x' and 'y' specify a breakpoint numbers range.
14316 x.y where 'x' is a breakpoint number and 'y' a location number.
14317 x.y-z where 'x' is a breakpoint number and 'y' and 'z' specify a
14318 location number range.
14322 extract_bp_number_and_location (const std::string
&arg
,
14323 std::pair
<int, int> &bp_num_range
,
14324 std::pair
<int, int> &bp_loc_range
)
14326 std::string::size_type dot
= arg
.find ('.');
14328 if (dot
!= std::string::npos
)
14330 /* Handle 'x.y' and 'x.y-z' cases. */
14332 if (arg
.length () == dot
+ 1 || dot
== 0)
14333 error (_("Bad breakpoint number at or near: '%s'"), arg
.c_str ());
14336 = extract_bp_num (extract_bp_kind::bp
, arg
.c_str (), '.');
14337 bp_num_range
.second
= bp_num_range
.first
;
14339 bp_loc_range
= extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind::loc
,
14344 /* Handle x and x-y cases. */
14346 bp_num_range
= extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind::bp
, arg
, 0);
14347 bp_loc_range
.first
= 0;
14348 bp_loc_range
.second
= 0;
14352 /* Enable or disable a breakpoint location BP_NUM.LOC_NUM. ENABLE
14353 specifies whether to enable or disable. */
14356 enable_disable_bp_num_loc (int bp_num
, int loc_num
, bool enable
)
14358 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (bp_num
, loc_num
);
14361 if (loc
->disabled_by_cond
&& enable
)
14362 error (_("Breakpoint %d's condition is invalid at location %d, "
14363 "cannot enable."), bp_num
, loc_num
);
14365 if (loc
->enabled
!= enable
)
14367 loc
->enabled
= enable
;
14368 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14370 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14371 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14372 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14373 target_disable_tracepoint (loc
);
14375 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
14377 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (loc
->owner
);
14380 /* Enable or disable a range of breakpoint locations. BP_NUM is the
14381 number of the breakpoint, and BP_LOC_RANGE specifies the
14382 (inclusive) range of location numbers of that breakpoint to
14383 enable/disable. ENABLE specifies whether to enable or disable the
14387 enable_disable_breakpoint_location_range (int bp_num
,
14388 std::pair
<int, int> &bp_loc_range
,
14391 for (int i
= bp_loc_range
.first
; i
<= bp_loc_range
.second
; i
++)
14392 enable_disable_bp_num_loc (bp_num
, i
, enable
);
14395 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14396 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14397 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14400 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14402 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14403 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14404 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14405 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
14408 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14410 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14411 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14413 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14414 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14416 struct bp_location
*location
;
14418 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14419 target_disable_tracepoint (location
);
14422 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
14424 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (bpt
);
14427 /* Enable or disable the breakpoint(s) or breakpoint location(s)
14428 specified in ARGS. ARGS may be in any of the formats handled by
14429 extract_bp_number_and_location. ENABLE specifies whether to enable
14430 or disable the breakpoints/locations. */
14433 enable_disable_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
, bool enable
)
14437 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14439 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14440 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14443 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14445 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14450 std::string num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14452 while (!num
.empty ())
14454 std::pair
<int, int> bp_num_range
, bp_loc_range
;
14456 extract_bp_number_and_location (num
, bp_num_range
, bp_loc_range
);
14458 if (bp_loc_range
.first
== bp_loc_range
.second
14459 && bp_loc_range
.first
== 0)
14461 /* Handle breakpoint ids with formats 'x' or 'x-z'. */
14462 map_breakpoint_number_range (bp_num_range
,
14464 ? enable_breakpoint
14465 : disable_breakpoint
);
14469 /* Handle breakpoint ids with formats 'x.y' or
14471 enable_disable_breakpoint_location_range
14472 (bp_num_range
.first
, bp_loc_range
, enable
);
14474 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14479 /* The disable command disables the specified breakpoints/locations
14480 (or all defined breakpoints) so they're no longer effective in
14481 stopping the inferior. ARGS may be in any of the forms defined in
14482 extract_bp_number_and_location. */
14485 disable_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14487 enable_disable_command (args
, from_tty
, false);
14491 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
14494 int target_resources_ok
;
14496 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
14499 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14500 target_resources_ok
=
14501 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
14503 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
14504 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14505 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
14506 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14509 if (is_watchpoint (bpt
))
14511 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14512 enum enable_state orig_enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14516 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
14518 orig_enable_state
= bpt
->enable_state
;
14519 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14520 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
14522 catch (const gdb_exception
&e
)
14524 bpt
->enable_state
= orig_enable_state
;
14525 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14531 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14533 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14534 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14536 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14537 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14539 struct bp_location
*location
;
14541 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14542 target_enable_tracepoint (location
);
14545 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
14546 bpt
->enable_count
= count
;
14547 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14549 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (bpt
);
14554 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14556 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
, 0);
14559 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints/locations (or
14560 all defined breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to
14561 be) effective in stopping the inferior. ARGS may be in any of the
14562 forms defined in extract_bp_number_and_location. */
14565 enable_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14567 enable_disable_command (args
, from_tty
, true);
14571 enable_once_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14573 map_breakpoint_numbers
14574 (args
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
14576 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
14577 (b
, [&] (breakpoint
*bpt
)
14579 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_disable
, 1);
14585 enable_count_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14590 error_no_arg (_("hit count"));
14592 count
= get_number (&args
);
14594 map_breakpoint_numbers
14595 (args
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
14597 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
14598 (b
, [&] (breakpoint
*bpt
)
14600 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_disable
, count
);
14606 enable_delete_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14608 map_breakpoint_numbers
14609 (args
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
14611 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
14612 (b
, [&] (breakpoint
*bpt
)
14614 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_del
, 1);
14619 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14620 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14624 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior
*inferior
,
14625 CORE_ADDR addr
, ssize_t len
,
14626 const bfd_byte
*data
)
14628 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
14630 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
14631 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
14632 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
14634 struct watchpoint
*wp
= (struct watchpoint
*) bp
;
14636 if (wp
->val_valid
&& wp
->val
!= nullptr)
14638 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14640 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14641 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
14642 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
14643 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
14646 wp
->val_valid
= false;
14652 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
14655 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14656 const address_space
*aspace
,
14659 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
14660 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
14661 CORE_ADDR pc
= next_pc
;
14663 if (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
== NULL
)
14665 tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
14666 = new_single_step_breakpoint (tp
->global_num
, gdbarch
);
14669 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
14671 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
14672 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
14673 add_location_to_breakpoint (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
, &sal
);
14675 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
14678 /* Insert single step breakpoints according to the current state. */
14681 insert_single_step_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
14683 struct regcache
*regcache
= get_current_regcache ();
14684 std::vector
<CORE_ADDR
> next_pcs
;
14686 next_pcs
= gdbarch_software_single_step (gdbarch
, regcache
);
14688 if (!next_pcs
.empty ())
14690 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
14691 const address_space
*aspace
= get_frame_address_space (frame
);
14693 for (CORE_ADDR pc
: next_pcs
)
14694 insert_single_step_breakpoint (gdbarch
, aspace
, pc
);
14702 /* See breakpoint.h. */
14705 breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (struct breakpoint
*bp
,
14706 const address_space
*aspace
,
14709 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14711 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14713 && breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
14719 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
14723 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
14726 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14728 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14730 if (bpt
->type
== bp_single_step
14731 && breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (bpt
, aspace
, pc
))
14737 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
14739 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
14741 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
14743 tracepoint_count
= num
;
14744 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
14748 trace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14750 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
14752 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
= breakpoint_ops_for_event_location
14753 (location
.get (), true /* is_tracepoint */);
14755 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14757 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
14759 bp_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
14760 0 /* Ignore count */,
14761 pending_break_support
,
14765 0 /* internal */, 0);
14769 ftrace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14771 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
14773 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14775 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
14777 bp_fast_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
14778 0 /* Ignore count */,
14779 pending_break_support
,
14780 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
14783 0 /* internal */, 0);
14786 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
14789 strace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14791 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
14792 event_location_up location
;
14794 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
14795 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
14796 if (arg
&& startswith (arg
, "-m") && isspace (arg
[2]))
14798 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
14799 location
= new_linespec_location (&arg
, symbol_name_match_type::FULL
);
14803 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
14804 location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
14807 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14809 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
14811 bp_static_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
14812 0 /* Ignore count */,
14813 pending_break_support
,
14817 0 /* internal */, 0);
14820 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
14821 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
14823 static struct uploaded_tp
*this_utp
;
14824 static int next_cmd
;
14827 read_uploaded_action (void)
14829 char *rslt
= nullptr;
14831 if (next_cmd
< this_utp
->cmd_strings
.size ())
14833 rslt
= this_utp
->cmd_strings
[next_cmd
].get ();
14840 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
14841 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
14842 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
14843 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
14844 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
14846 struct tracepoint
*
14847 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
14849 const char *addr_str
;
14850 char small_buf
[100];
14851 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
14853 if (utp
->at_string
)
14854 addr_str
= utp
->at_string
.get ();
14857 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
14858 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
14859 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
14861 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
14862 "source location, using raw address"),
14864 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "*%s", hex_string (utp
->addr
));
14865 addr_str
= small_buf
;
14868 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
14869 if (utp
->cond
&& !utp
->cond_string
)
14870 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
14871 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
14874 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&addr_str
,
14876 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14878 utp
->cond_string
.get (), -1, addr_str
,
14879 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
14881 utp
->type
/* type_wanted */,
14882 0 /* Ignore count */,
14883 pending_break_support
,
14884 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
14886 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */,
14888 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
))
14891 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
14892 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
14893 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
14897 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "%d %d", utp
->pass
,
14900 trace_pass_command (small_buf
, 0);
14903 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
14904 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
14905 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
14907 if (!utp
->cmd_strings
.empty ())
14909 counted_command_line cmd_list
;
14914 cmd_list
= read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action
, 1, NULL
);
14916 breakpoint_set_commands (tp
, std::move (cmd_list
));
14918 else if (!utp
->actions
.empty ()
14919 || !utp
->step_actions
.empty ())
14920 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
14921 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
14924 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
14925 tp
->hit_count
= utp
->hit_count
;
14926 tp
->traceframe_usage
= utp
->traceframe_usage
;
14931 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
14935 info_tracepoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14937 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
14940 num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, false, is_tracepoint
);
14942 if (num_printed
== 0)
14944 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
14945 uiout
->message ("No tracepoints.\n");
14947 uiout
->message ("No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
14950 default_collect_info ();
14953 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
14954 Not supported by all targets. */
14956 enable_trace_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14958 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
14961 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
14962 Not supported by all targets. */
14964 disable_trace_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14966 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
14969 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
14971 delete_trace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14973 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
14979 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
14981 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
14982 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
14983 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
14985 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
14986 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
14988 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
14992 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
14994 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
14996 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
14997 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
14998 delete_breakpoint (b
);
15002 map_breakpoint_numbers
15003 (arg
, [&] (breakpoint
*br
)
15005 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (br
, delete_breakpoint
);
15009 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15012 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint
*tp
, int count
, int from_tty
)
15014 tp
->pass_count
= count
;
15015 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (tp
);
15017 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15018 tp
->number
, count
);
15021 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15023 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15024 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15025 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15028 trace_pass_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
15030 struct tracepoint
*t1
;
15033 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
15034 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15035 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15037 count
= strtoulst (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15039 args
= skip_spaces (args
);
15040 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
15042 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15044 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15046 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15048 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15050 t1
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15051 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15054 else if (*args
== '\0')
15056 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, NULL
);
15058 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15062 number_or_range_parser
parser (args
);
15063 while (!parser
.finished ())
15065 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, &parser
);
15067 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15072 struct tracepoint
*
15073 get_tracepoint (int num
)
15075 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15077 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15078 if (t
->number
== num
)
15079 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15084 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15085 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15088 struct tracepoint
*
15089 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
15091 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15093 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15095 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15097 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
15104 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15105 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15106 If the argument is missing, the most recent tracepoint
15107 (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15109 struct tracepoint
*
15110 get_tracepoint_by_number (const char **arg
,
15111 number_or_range_parser
*parser
)
15113 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15115 const char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
15117 if (parser
!= NULL
)
15119 gdb_assert (!parser
->finished ());
15120 tpnum
= parser
->get_number ();
15122 else if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
15123 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
15125 tpnum
= get_number (arg
);
15129 if (instring
&& *instring
)
15130 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15133 printf_filtered (_("No previous tracepoint\n"));
15137 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15138 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
15140 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15143 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
15148 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
15150 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
15151 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " thread %d", b
->thread
);
15154 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " task %d", b
->task
);
15156 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
15159 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15160 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15161 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15165 save_breakpoints (const char *filename
, int from_tty
,
15166 bool (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
15168 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15170 int extra_trace_bits
= 0;
15172 if (filename
== 0 || *filename
== 0)
15173 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15175 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15176 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15178 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15179 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15182 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15183 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15188 if (is_tracepoint (tp
))
15190 extra_trace_bits
= 1;
15192 /* We can stop searching. */
15199 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15203 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> expanded_filename (tilde_expand (filename
));
15207 if (!fp
.open (expanded_filename
.get (), "w"))
15208 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15209 expanded_filename
.get (), safe_strerror (errno
));
15211 if (extra_trace_bits
)
15212 save_trace_state_variables (&fp
);
15214 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15216 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15217 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15220 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15221 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15224 tp
->ops
->print_recreate (tp
, &fp
);
15226 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15227 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15230 if (tp
->cond_string
)
15231 fp
.printf (" condition $bpnum %s\n", tp
->cond_string
);
15233 if (tp
->ignore_count
)
15234 fp
.printf (" ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp
->ignore_count
);
15236 if (tp
->type
!= bp_dprintf
&& tp
->commands
)
15238 fp
.puts (" commands\n");
15240 current_uiout
->redirect (&fp
);
15243 print_command_lines (current_uiout
, tp
->commands
.get (), 2);
15245 catch (const gdb_exception
&ex
)
15247 current_uiout
->redirect (NULL
);
15251 current_uiout
->redirect (NULL
);
15252 fp
.puts (" end\n");
15255 if (tp
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
)
15256 fp
.puts ("disable $bpnum\n");
15258 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15259 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15260 special, and not user visible. */
15261 if (!is_watchpoint (tp
) && tp
->loc
&& tp
->loc
->next
)
15263 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15266 for (loc
= tp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
, n
++)
15268 fp
.printf ("disable $bpnum.%d\n", n
);
15272 if (extra_trace_bits
&& *default_collect
)
15273 fp
.printf ("set default-collect %s\n", default_collect
);
15276 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), expanded_filename
.get ());
15279 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15282 save_breakpoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
15284 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, NULL
);
15287 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15290 save_tracepoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
15292 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, is_tracepoint
);
15295 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15297 std::vector
<breakpoint
*>
15298 all_tracepoints (void)
15300 std::vector
<breakpoint
*> tp_vec
;
15301 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15303 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
15305 tp_vec
.push_back (tp
);
15312 /* This help string is used to consolidate all the help string for specifying
15313 locations used by several commands. */
15315 #define LOCATION_HELP_STRING \
15316 "Linespecs are colon-separated lists of location parameters, such as\n\
15317 source filename, function name, label name, and line number.\n\
15318 Example: To specify the start of a label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15319 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use\n\
15320 \"factorial.c:fact:the_top\".\n\
15322 Address locations begin with \"*\" and specify an exact address in the\n\
15323 program. Example: To specify the fourth byte past the start function\n\
15324 \"main\", use \"*main + 4\".\n\
15326 Explicit locations are similar to linespecs but use an option/argument\n\
15327 syntax to specify location parameters.\n\
15328 Example: To specify the start of the label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15329 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use \"-source factorial.c\n\
15330 -function fact -label the_top\".\n\
15332 By default, a specified function is matched against the program's\n\
15333 functions in all scopes. For C++, this means in all namespaces and\n\
15334 classes. For Ada, this means in all packages. E.g., in C++,\n\
15335 \"func()\" matches \"A::func()\", \"A::B::func()\", etc. The\n\
15336 \"-qualified\" flag overrides this behavior, making GDB interpret the\n\
15337 specified name as a complete fully-qualified name instead."
15339 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15340 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15341 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15344 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15345 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM]\n\
15346 \t[-force-condition] [if CONDITION]\n\
15347 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15348 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15349 guessed probe type), `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe) or \n\
15350 `-probe-dtrace' (for a DTrace probe).\n\
15351 LOCATION may be a linespec, address, or explicit location as described\n\
15354 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15355 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15357 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15358 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15360 With the \"-force-condition\" flag, the condition is defined even when\n\
15361 it is invalid for all current locations.\n\
15362 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING "\n\n\
15363 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15364 conditions are different.\n\
15366 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15368 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15369 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
15371 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15372 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
15375 add_catch_command (const char *name
, const char *docstring
,
15376 cmd_const_sfunc_ftype
*sfunc
,
15377 completer_ftype
*completer
,
15378 void *user_data_catch
,
15379 void *user_data_tcatch
)
15381 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
15383 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, docstring
,
15385 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15386 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
15387 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15389 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, docstring
,
15391 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15392 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
15393 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15396 struct breakpoint
*
15397 iterate_over_breakpoints (gdb::function_view
<bool (breakpoint
*)> callback
)
15399 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15401 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15410 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15411 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15414 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint
*b
)
15416 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15417 non-inline function. */
15418 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
15424 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15425 have been inlined. */
15428 pc_at_non_inline_function (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
15429 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
15431 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15432 struct bp_location
*bl
;
15434 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
15436 if (!is_non_inline_function (b
))
15439 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
15441 if (!bl
->shlib_disabled
15442 && bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, pc
, ws
))
15450 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
15453 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
15455 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
15457 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
15458 if (loc
->symtab
!= NULL
&& SYMTAB_OBJFILE (loc
->symtab
) == objfile
)
15459 loc
->symtab
= NULL
;
15463 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15465 static int initialized
= 0;
15467 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15473 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15474 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15475 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15476 ops
= &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15477 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15478 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15479 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_insert_location
;
15480 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_remove_location
;
15481 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= bkpt_breakpoint_hit
;
15482 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= bkpt_create_sals_from_location
;
15483 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15484 ops
->decode_location
= bkpt_decode_location
;
15486 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15487 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15488 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15489 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15490 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15491 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15492 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15493 ops
->print_recreate
= bkpt_print_recreate
;
15495 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15496 ops
= &ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
15497 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15498 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint
;
15499 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint
;
15500 ops
->print_it
= print_it_ranged_breakpoint
;
15501 ops
->print_one
= print_one_ranged_breakpoint
;
15502 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint
;
15503 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_ranged_breakpoint
;
15504 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint
;
15506 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15507 ops
= &internal_breakpoint_ops
;
15508 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15509 ops
->re_set
= internal_bkpt_re_set
;
15510 ops
->check_status
= internal_bkpt_check_status
;
15511 ops
->print_it
= internal_bkpt_print_it
;
15512 ops
->print_mention
= internal_bkpt_print_mention
;
15514 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15515 ops
= &momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
15516 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15517 ops
->re_set
= momentary_bkpt_re_set
;
15518 ops
->check_status
= momentary_bkpt_check_status
;
15519 ops
->print_it
= momentary_bkpt_print_it
;
15520 ops
->print_mention
= momentary_bkpt_print_mention
;
15522 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15523 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15524 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15525 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_probe_insert_location
;
15526 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_probe_remove_location
;
15527 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location
;
15528 ops
->decode_location
= bkpt_probe_decode_location
;
15531 ops
= &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15532 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15533 ops
->re_set
= re_set_watchpoint
;
15534 ops
->insert_location
= insert_watchpoint
;
15535 ops
->remove_location
= remove_watchpoint
;
15536 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_watchpoint
;
15537 ops
->check_status
= check_status_watchpoint
;
15538 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_watchpoint
;
15539 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_watchpoint
;
15540 ops
->print_it
= print_it_watchpoint
;
15541 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_watchpoint
;
15542 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_watchpoint
;
15543 ops
->explains_signal
= explains_signal_watchpoint
;
15545 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15546 ops
= &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15547 *ops
= watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15548 ops
->insert_location
= insert_masked_watchpoint
;
15549 ops
->remove_location
= remove_masked_watchpoint
;
15550 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_masked_watchpoint
;
15551 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint
;
15552 ops
->print_it
= print_it_masked_watchpoint
;
15553 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint
;
15554 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_masked_watchpoint
;
15555 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_masked_watchpoint
;
15558 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15559 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15560 ops
->re_set
= tracepoint_re_set
;
15561 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= tracepoint_breakpoint_hit
;
15562 ops
->print_one_detail
= tracepoint_print_one_detail
;
15563 ops
->print_mention
= tracepoint_print_mention
;
15564 ops
->print_recreate
= tracepoint_print_recreate
;
15565 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= tracepoint_create_sals_from_location
;
15566 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15567 ops
->decode_location
= tracepoint_decode_location
;
15569 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15570 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15571 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15572 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
;
15573 ops
->decode_location
= tracepoint_probe_decode_location
;
15575 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15576 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15577 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15578 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= strace_marker_create_sals_from_location
;
15579 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15580 ops
->decode_location
= strace_marker_decode_location
;
15582 /* Fork catchpoints. */
15583 ops
= &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
15584 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15585 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_fork
;
15586 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_fork
;
15587 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
;
15588 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_fork
;
15589 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_fork
;
15590 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_fork
;
15591 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_fork
;
15593 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
15594 ops
= &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
15595 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15596 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_vfork
;
15597 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_vfork
;
15598 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
;
15599 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_vfork
;
15600 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_vfork
;
15601 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_vfork
;
15602 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_vfork
;
15604 /* Exec catchpoints. */
15605 ops
= &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
15606 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15607 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_exec
;
15608 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_exec
;
15609 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
;
15610 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_exec
;
15611 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_exec
;
15612 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_exec
;
15613 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_exec
;
15615 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
15616 ops
= &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
15617 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15618 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_solib
;
15619 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_solib
;
15620 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_solib
;
15621 ops
->check_status
= check_status_catch_solib
;
15622 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_solib
;
15623 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_solib
;
15624 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_solib
;
15625 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_solib
;
15627 ops
= &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
15628 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15629 ops
->re_set
= dprintf_re_set
;
15630 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15631 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15632 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15633 ops
->print_recreate
= dprintf_print_recreate
;
15634 ops
->after_condition_true
= dprintf_after_condition_true
;
15635 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= dprintf_breakpoint_hit
;
15638 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
15640 static struct cmd_list_element
*enablebreaklist
= NULL
;
15642 /* See breakpoint.h. */
15644 cmd_list_element
*commands_cmd_element
= nullptr;
15646 void _initialize_breakpoint ();
15648 _initialize_breakpoint ()
15650 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
15652 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
15654 gdb::observers::solib_unloaded
.attach (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
15655 gdb::observers::free_objfile
.attach (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile
);
15656 gdb::observers::memory_changed
.attach (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
);
15658 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
15659 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
15660 before a breakpoint is set. */
15661 breakpoint_count
= 0;
15663 tracepoint_count
= 0;
15665 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
15666 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
15667 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
15669 commands_cmd_element
= add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
,
15670 commands_command
, _("\
15671 Set commands to be executed when the given breakpoints are hit.\n\
15672 Give a space-separated breakpoint list as argument after \"commands\".\n\
15673 A list element can be a breakpoint number (e.g. `5') or a range of numbers\n\
15675 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
15676 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
15677 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
15678 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
15679 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
15681 const auto cc_opts
= make_condition_command_options_def_group (nullptr);
15682 static std::string condition_command_help
15683 = gdb::option::build_help (_("\
15684 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
15685 Usage is `condition [OPTION] N COND', where N is an integer and COND\n\
15686 is an expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached.\n\
15689 %OPTIONS%"), cc_opts
);
15691 c
= add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
,
15692 condition_command_help
.c_str ());
15693 set_cmd_completer_handle_brkchars (c
, condition_completer
);
15695 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
15696 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
15697 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15698 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
15699 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
15701 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
15702 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15704 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
15705 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15706 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
15707 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
15709 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
15710 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15712 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
15713 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15714 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15715 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
15717 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
15718 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15720 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
15721 Enable all or some breakpoints.\n\
15722 Usage: enable [BREAKPOINTNUM]...\n\
15723 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15724 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
15725 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15726 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
15727 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15729 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15731 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
15732 Enable all or some breakpoints.\n\
15733 Usage: enable breakpoints [BREAKPOINTNUM]...\n\
15734 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15735 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15736 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\"."),
15737 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
15739 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
15740 Enable some breakpoints for one hit.\n\
15741 Usage: enable breakpoints once BREAKPOINTNUM...\n\
15742 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15745 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
15746 Enable some breakpoints and delete when hit.\n\
15747 Usage: enable breakpoints delete BREAKPOINTNUM...\n\
15748 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15751 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
15752 Enable some breakpoints for COUNT hits.\n\
15753 Usage: enable breakpoints count COUNT BREAKPOINTNUM...\n\
15754 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15755 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15758 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
15759 Enable some breakpoints and delete when hit.\n\
15760 Usage: enable delete BREAKPOINTNUM...\n\
15761 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15764 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
15765 Enable some breakpoints for one hit.\n\
15766 Usage: enable once BREAKPOINTNUM...\n\
15767 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15770 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
15771 Enable some breakpoints for COUNT hits.\n\
15772 Usage: enable count COUNT BREAKPOINTNUM...\n\
15773 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15774 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15777 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
15778 Disable all or some breakpoints.\n\
15779 Usage: disable [BREAKPOINTNUM]...\n\
15780 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15781 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15782 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
15783 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15784 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15785 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15787 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
15788 Disable all or some breakpoints.\n\
15789 Usage: disable breakpoints [BREAKPOINTNUM]...\n\
15790 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15791 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15792 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
15793 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
15796 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
15797 Delete all or some breakpoints.\n\
15798 Usage: delete [BREAKPOINTNUM]...\n\
15799 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15800 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15802 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects."),
15803 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15804 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15805 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15807 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
15808 Delete all or some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
15809 Usage: delete breakpoints [BREAKPOINTNUM]...\n\
15810 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15811 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15812 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
15815 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
15816 Clear breakpoint at specified location.\n\
15817 Argument may be a linespec, explicit, or address location as described below.\n\
15819 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
15820 is executing in.\n"
15821 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
"\n\n\
15822 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
15823 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15825 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
15826 Set breakpoint at specified location.\n"
15827 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
15828 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15830 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
15831 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
15832 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
15833 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
15837 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
15838 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
15839 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15840 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
15841 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
15842 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
15843 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
15844 add_com ("status", class_info
, info_breakpoints_command
, _("\
15845 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
15846 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15847 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15848 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15849 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15850 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15851 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15852 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15854 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15855 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15856 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15857 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15858 breakpoint set."));
15861 add_info ("breakpoints", info_breakpoints_command
, _("\
15862 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
15863 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15864 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15865 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15866 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15867 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15868 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15869 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15871 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15872 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15873 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15874 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15875 breakpoint set."));
15877 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
15879 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
15880 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
15881 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15882 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15883 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15884 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
15885 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
15886 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
15887 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
15888 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15889 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15890 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15891 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15893 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15894 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15895 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15896 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15898 &maintenanceinfolist
);
15900 add_basic_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, _("\
15901 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
15902 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
15903 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
15905 add_basic_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, _("\
15906 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
15907 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
15908 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
15910 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
15911 catch_fork_command_1
,
15913 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
15914 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
15915 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
15916 catch_fork_command_1
,
15918 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
15919 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
15920 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
15921 catch_exec_command_1
,
15925 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
15926 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
15927 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
15928 catch_load_command_1
,
15932 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
15933 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
15934 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
15935 catch_unload_command_1
,
15940 const auto opts
= make_watch_options_def_group (nullptr);
15942 static const std::string watch_help
= gdb::option::build_help (_("\
15943 Set a watchpoint for EXPRESSION.\n\
15944 Usage: watch [-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15949 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15950 an expression changes."), opts
);
15951 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
,
15952 watch_help
.c_str ());
15953 set_cmd_completer_handle_brkchars (c
, watch_command_completer
);
15955 static const std::string rwatch_help
= gdb::option::build_help (_("\
15956 Set a read watchpoint for EXPRESSION.\n\
15957 Usage: rwatch [-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15962 A read watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15963 an expression is read."), opts
);
15964 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
,
15965 rwatch_help
.c_str ());
15966 set_cmd_completer_handle_brkchars (c
, watch_command_completer
);
15968 static const std::string awatch_help
= gdb::option::build_help (_("\
15969 Set an access watchpoint for EXPRESSION.\n\
15970 Usage: awatch [-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15975 An access watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value\n\
15976 of an expression is either read or written."), opts
);
15977 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
,
15978 awatch_help
.c_str ());
15979 set_cmd_completer_handle_brkchars (c
, watch_command_completer
);
15981 add_info ("watchpoints", info_watchpoints_command
, _("\
15982 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
15984 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
15985 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
15986 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
15987 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
15988 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
15989 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
15990 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
15991 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
15992 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
15995 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
15996 &setlist
, &showlist
);
15998 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
16000 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16002 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
16003 Set a tracepoint at specified location.\n\
16005 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16006 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16007 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16009 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_breakpoint
, 0);
16010 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16011 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16012 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16014 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
16015 Set a fast tracepoint at specified location.\n\
16017 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16018 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16019 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16021 c
= add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint
, strace_command
, _("\
16022 Set a static tracepoint at location or marker.\n\
16024 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16025 LOCATION may be a linespec, explicit, or address location (described below) \n\
16026 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\n\
16027 If a marker id is specified, probe the marker with that name. With\n\
16028 no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected stack frame.\n\
16029 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16030 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16031 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16032 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16034 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16035 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
"\n\n\
16036 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16037 conditions are different.\n\
16039 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16040 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16041 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16043 add_info ("tracepoints", info_tracepoints_command
, _("\
16044 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16045 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16046 last tracepoint set."));
16048 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16050 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
16051 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16052 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16053 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16055 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace
, 1, &deletelist
);
16057 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
16058 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16059 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16060 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16062 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
16064 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
16065 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16066 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16067 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16069 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
16071 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
16072 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16073 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16074 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16075 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16077 add_basic_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint
,
16078 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16079 &save_cmdlist
, "save ",
16080 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16082 c
= add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, save_breakpoints_command
, _("\
16083 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16084 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16085 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16086 session to restore them."),
16088 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16090 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, save_tracepoints_command
, _("\
16091 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16092 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16094 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16096 c
= add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace
, 0);
16097 deprecate_cmd (c
, "save tracepoints");
16099 add_basic_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, _("\
16100 Breakpoint specific settings.\n\
16101 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16102 pending breakpoint behavior."),
16103 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
16104 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
16105 add_show_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, _("\
16106 Breakpoint specific settings.\n\
16107 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16108 pending breakpoint behavior."),
16109 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
16110 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
16112 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
16113 &pending_break_support
, _("\
16114 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16115 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16116 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16117 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16118 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16119 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16121 show_pending_break_support
,
16122 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16123 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16125 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
16127 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
16128 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
16129 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16130 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16131 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16132 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16133 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16135 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
16136 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16137 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16139 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
16140 &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
16141 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16142 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16143 When this mode is on, breakpoints are inserted immediately as soon as\n\
16144 they're created, kept inserted even when execution stops, and removed\n\
16145 only when the user deletes them. When this mode is off (the default),\n\
16146 breakpoints are inserted only when execution continues, and removed\n\
16147 when execution stops."),
16149 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
16150 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16151 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16153 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint
,
16154 condition_evaluation_enums
,
16155 &condition_evaluation_mode_1
, _("\
16156 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16157 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16158 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16159 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16160 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16161 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16162 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16163 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16164 be set to \"host\"."),
16165 &set_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16166 &show_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16167 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16168 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16170 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint
, break_range_command
, _("\
16171 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16172 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16173 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16174 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16175 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16176 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16177 or the start of the range\n\
16178 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16179 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16180 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16182 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16183 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16184 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16186 c
= add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint
, dprintf_command
, _("\
16187 Set a dynamic printf at specified location.\n\
16188 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16189 location may be a linespec, explicit, or address location.\n"
16190 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
));
16191 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16193 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support
,
16194 dprintf_style_enums
, &dprintf_style
, _("\
16195 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16196 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16197 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16198 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16199 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16200 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16201 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16202 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16203 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16204 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16206 dprintf_function
= xstrdup ("printf");
16207 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support
,
16208 &dprintf_function
, _("\
16209 Set the function to use for dynamic printf."), _("\
16210 Show the function to use for dynamic printf."), NULL
,
16211 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16212 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16214 dprintf_channel
= xstrdup ("");
16215 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support
,
16216 &dprintf_channel
, _("\
16217 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf."), _("\
16218 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf."), NULL
,
16219 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16220 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16222 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class
,
16223 &disconnected_dprintf
, _("\
16224 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16225 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16226 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16227 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16230 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16232 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars
, agent_printf_command
, _("\
16233 Target agent only formatted printing, like the C \"printf\" function.\n\
16234 Usage: agent-printf \"format string\", ARG1, ARG2, ARG3, ..., ARGN\n\
16235 This supports most C printf format specifications, like %s, %d, etc.\n\
16236 This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16238 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= true;
16240 gdb::observers::about_to_proceed
.attach (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);
16241 gdb::observers::thread_exit
.attach (remove_threaded_breakpoints
);